mirror of
https://github.com/isc-projects/bind9.git
synced 2026-03-03 05:50:39 -05:00
regen
This commit is contained in:
parent
d5bf55ac93
commit
5b7b2ddd6c
41 changed files with 5076 additions and 8825 deletions
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named-checkconf.html,v 1.9.18.3 2004/06/03 04:17:52 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named-checkconf.html,v 1.9.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:24 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>named-checkconf</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>named-checkconf</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,23 +62,21 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>named-checkconf</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-j</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-j</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] {filename} [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] {filename} [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-z</TT
|
||||
>-z</VAR
|
||||
>]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -109,11 +107,9 @@ NAME="AEN30"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named-checkzone.html,v 1.11.18.3 2004/06/03 04:17:52 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named-checkzone.html,v 1.11.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:24 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>named-checkzone</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>named-checkzone</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,69 +62,57 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>named-checkzone</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-d</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-j</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-j</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-q</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-q</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>mode</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>mode</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>mode</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>mode</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-o <TT
|
||||
>-o <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-w <TT
|
||||
>-w <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-D</TT
|
||||
>-D</VAR
|
||||
>] {zonename} {filename}</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -196,11 +184,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,11 +194,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>mode</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>mode</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,11 +219,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>mode</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>mode</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,11 +241,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-o <TT
|
||||
>-o <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,11 +254,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,11 +269,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-w <TT
|
||||
>-w <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
596
bin/dig/dig.html
596
bin/dig/dig.html
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: host.html,v 1.7.18.3 2004/04/13 12:17:09 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: host.html,v 1.7.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:25 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>host</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>host</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>host</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,55 +56,45 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-aCdlnrTwv</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-aCdlnrTwv</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-N <TT
|
||||
>-N <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ndots</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>ndots</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-R <TT
|
||||
>-R <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>number</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>number</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-W <TT
|
||||
>-W <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>wait</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>wait</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-4</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-4</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-6</TT
|
||||
>-6</VAR
|
||||
>] {name} [server]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,11 +118,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>
|
||||
prints a short summary of its command line arguments and options.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
> is the domain name that is to be looked
|
||||
up. It can also be a dotted-decimal IPv4 address or a colon-delimited
|
||||
IPv6 address, in which case <B
|
||||
|
|
@ -140,11 +128,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>host</B
|
||||
> will by default
|
||||
perform a reverse lookup for that address.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>server</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
> is an optional argument which is either
|
||||
the name or IP address of the name server that <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,45 +142,41 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-a</TT
|
||||
>-a</VAR
|
||||
> (all) option is equivalent to setting the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
> option and asking <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> to make
|
||||
a query of type ANY.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>When the <TT
|
||||
>When the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-C</TT
|
||||
>-C</VAR
|
||||
> option is used, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
will attempt to display the SOA records for zone
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
> from all the listed authoritative name
|
||||
servers for that zone. The list of name servers is defined by the NS
|
||||
records that are found for the zone.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c</TT
|
||||
>-c</VAR
|
||||
> option instructs to make a DNS query of class
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>. This can be used to lookup Hesiod or
|
||||
Chaosnet class resource records. The default class is IN (Internet).</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,61 +184,57 @@ Chaosnet class resource records. The default class is IN (Internet).</P
|
|||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> when the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d</TT
|
||||
> or <TT
|
||||
>-d</VAR
|
||||
> or <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
> option is used. The two
|
||||
options are equivalent. They have been provided for backwards
|
||||
compatibility. In previous versions, the <TT
|
||||
compatibility. In previous versions, the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d</TT
|
||||
>-d</VAR
|
||||
> option
|
||||
switched on debugging traces and <TT
|
||||
switched on debugging traces and <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
> enabled verbose
|
||||
output.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>List mode is selected by the <TT
|
||||
>List mode is selected by the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-l</TT
|
||||
>-l</VAR
|
||||
> option. This makes
|
||||
<B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> perform a zone transfer for zone
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>. Transfer the zone printing out the NS, PTR
|
||||
and address records (A/AAAA). If combined with <TT
|
||||
and address records (A/AAAA). If combined with <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-a</TT
|
||||
>-a</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
all records will be printed. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-i</TT
|
||||
>-i</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option specifies that reverse lookups of IPv6 addresses should
|
||||
use the IP6.INT domain as defined in RFC1886.
|
||||
The default is to use IP6.ARPA.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-N</TT
|
||||
>-N</VAR
|
||||
> option sets the number of dots that have to be
|
||||
in <TT
|
||||
in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
> for it to be considered absolute. The
|
||||
default value is that defined using the ndots statement in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,31 +256,27 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The number of UDP retries for a lookup can be changed with the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-R</TT
|
||||
> option. <TT
|
||||
>-R</VAR
|
||||
> option. <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>number</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>number</VAR
|
||||
> indicates
|
||||
how many times <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> will repeat a query that does
|
||||
not get answered. The default number of retries is 1. If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>number</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>number</VAR
|
||||
> is negative or zero, the number of
|
||||
retries will default to 1.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Non-recursive queries can be made via the <TT
|
||||
>Non-recursive queries can be made via the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r</TT
|
||||
>-r</VAR
|
||||
> option.
|
||||
Setting this option clears the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,15 +287,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>host</B
|
||||
> makes.
|
||||
This should mean that the name server receiving the query will not
|
||||
attempt to resolve <TT
|
||||
attempt to resolve <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r</TT
|
||||
>-r</VAR
|
||||
> option enables <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,38 +306,36 @@ referrals to other name servers.</P
|
|||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> uses UDP when making queries. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-T</TT
|
||||
>-T</VAR
|
||||
> option makes it use a TCP connection when querying
|
||||
the name server. TCP will be automatically selected for queries that
|
||||
require it, such as zone transfer (AXFR) requests.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-4</TT
|
||||
>-4</VAR
|
||||
> option forces <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> to only
|
||||
use IPv4 query transport. The <TT
|
||||
use IPv4 query transport. The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-6</TT
|
||||
>-6</VAR
|
||||
> option forces
|
||||
<B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> to only use IPv6 query transport.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t</TT
|
||||
>-t</VAR
|
||||
> option is used to select the query type.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
> can be any recognised query type: CNAME,
|
||||
NS, SOA, SIG, KEY, AXFR, etc. When no query type is specified,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,15 +343,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>host</B
|
||||
> automatically selects an appropriate query
|
||||
type. By default it looks for A records, but if the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-C</TT
|
||||
>-C</VAR
|
||||
> option was given, queries will be made for SOA
|
||||
records, and if <TT
|
||||
records, and if <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
> is a dotted-decimal IPv4
|
||||
address or colon-delimited IPv6 address, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -392,35 +360,31 @@ serial number can be specified by appending an equal followed by the
|
|||
starting serial number (e.g. -t IXFR=12345678).</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The time to wait for a reply can be controlled through the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-W</TT
|
||||
> and <TT
|
||||
>-W</VAR
|
||||
> and <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-w</TT
|
||||
>-w</VAR
|
||||
> options. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-W</TT
|
||||
>-W</VAR
|
||||
> option makes <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
> wait for
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>wait</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
> seconds. If <TT
|
||||
>wait</VAR
|
||||
> seconds. If <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>wait</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>wait</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is less than one, the wait interval is set to one second. When the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-w</TT
|
||||
>-w</VAR
|
||||
> option is used, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>host</B
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -14,16 +14,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: nslookup.html,v 1.1.10.2 2004/08/21 07:35:34 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: nslookup.html,v 1.1.10.3 2004/08/22 23:53:25 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>nslookup</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>nslookup</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>nslookup</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>nslookup</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-option</TT
|
||||
>-option</VAR
|
||||
>] [name | -] [server]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ arguments and are prefixed with a hyphen. For example, to
|
|||
change the default query type to host information, and the initial timeout to 10 seconds, type:
|
||||
<DIV
|
||||
CLASS="INFORMALEXAMPLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN33"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
|
||||
>nslookup -query=hinfo -timeout=10</PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,128 +158,118 @@ search list is used to qualify the name.</P
|
|||
the name.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>server</TT
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
>server</CODE
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>lserver</TT
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
>lserver</CODE
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Change the default server to <TT
|
||||
>Change the default server to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>; <TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
>; <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>lserver</TT
|
||||
>lserver</CODE
|
||||
> uses the initial
|
||||
server to look up information about <TT
|
||||
server to look up information about <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>, while <TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
>, while <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>server</TT
|
||||
>server</CODE
|
||||
> uses
|
||||
the current default server. If an authoritative answer can't be
|
||||
found, the names of servers that might have the answer are
|
||||
returned.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>root</TT
|
||||
>root</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>finger</TT
|
||||
>finger</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ls</TT
|
||||
>ls</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>view</TT
|
||||
>view</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>help</TT
|
||||
>help</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>?</TT
|
||||
>?</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>not implemented</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>exit</TT
|
||||
>exit</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Exits the program.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>set</TT
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
>set</CODE
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyword[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>=value</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,9 +281,9 @@ the lookups. Valid keywords are:
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>all</TT
|
||||
>all</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,14 +296,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>class=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>class=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>value</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>value</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -324,36 +312,36 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>IN</TT
|
||||
>IN</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>the Internet class</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>CH</TT
|
||||
>CH</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>the Chaos class</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>HS</TT
|
||||
>HS</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>the Hesiod class</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ANY</TT
|
||||
>ANY</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,17 +357,15 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>no</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>debug</TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
>debug</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -395,17 +381,15 @@ CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>no</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>d2</TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
>d2</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -418,37 +402,31 @@ CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>domain=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>domain=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Sets the search list to <TT
|
||||
> Sets the search list to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>no</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>search</TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
>search</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -462,22 +440,18 @@ CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>port=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>port=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>value</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>value</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Change the default TCP/UDP name server port to <TT
|
||||
> Change the default TCP/UDP name server port to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>value</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>value</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -485,28 +459,24 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>querytype=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>querytype=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>value</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>value</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>type=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>type=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>value</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>value</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,17 +487,15 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>no</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>recurse</TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
>recurse</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -539,14 +507,12 @@ CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>retry=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>retry=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>number</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>number</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -554,14 +520,12 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>timeout=</TT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
>timeout=</CODE
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>number</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>number</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,17 +534,15 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="OPTIONAL"
|
||||
>no</SPAN
|
||||
>]</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>vc</TT
|
||||
>]</VAR
|
||||
>vc</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: dnssec-keygen.html,v 1.9.18.4 2004/06/11 02:49:00 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: dnssec-keygen.html,v 1.9.18.5 2004/08/22 23:53:26 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,94 +62,72 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen</B
|
||||
> {-a <TT
|
||||
> {-a <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>algorithm</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>} {-b <TT
|
||||
>algorithm</VAR
|
||||
>} {-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keysize</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>} {-n <TT
|
||||
>keysize</VAR
|
||||
>} {-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>nametype</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>} [<TT
|
||||
>nametype</VAR
|
||||
>} [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-e</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-e</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-f <TT
|
||||
>-f <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>flag</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>flag</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-g <TT
|
||||
>-g <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>generator</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>generator</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-h</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-h</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>protocol</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>protocol</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomdev</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>randomdev</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>strength</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>strength</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v <TT
|
||||
>-v <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>level</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] {name}</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,18 +160,16 @@ NAME="AEN57"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-a <TT
|
||||
>-a <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>algorithm</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>algorithm</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Selects the cryptographic algorithm. The value of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>algorithm</TT
|
||||
>algorithm</VAR
|
||||
> must be one of RSAMD5 (RSA) or RSASHA1,
|
||||
DSA, DH (Diffie Hellman), or HMAC-MD5. These values
|
||||
are case insensitive.
|
||||
|
|
@ -207,11 +183,9 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-b <TT
|
||||
>-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keysize</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keysize</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,18 +198,16 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>nametype</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>nametype</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Specifies the owner type of the key. The value of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>nametype</TT
|
||||
>nametype</VAR
|
||||
> must either be ZONE (for a DNSSEC
|
||||
zone key (KEY/DNSKEY)), HOST or ENTITY (for a key associated with a host (KEY)),
|
||||
USER (for a key associated with a user(KEY)) or OTHER (DNSKEY). These values are
|
||||
|
|
@ -243,11 +215,9 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -263,11 +233,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-f <TT
|
||||
>-f <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>flag</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>flag</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -276,11 +244,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-g <TT
|
||||
>-g <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>generator</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>generator</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -309,11 +275,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>protocol</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>protocol</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -324,11 +288,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomdev</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>randomdev</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,11 +314,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>strength</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>strength</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -366,17 +326,15 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Indicates the use of the key. <TT
|
||||
> Indicates the use of the key. <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>type</TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
> must be
|
||||
one of AUTHCONF, NOAUTHCONF, NOAUTH, or NOCONF. The default
|
||||
is AUTHCONF. AUTH refers to the ability to authenticate
|
||||
|
|
@ -384,11 +342,9 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-v <TT
|
||||
>-v <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>level</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -503,31 +459,25 @@ NAME="AEN163"
|
|||
>EXAMPLE</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> To generate a 768-bit DSA key for the domain
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>example.com</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>example.com</KBD
|
||||
>, the following command would be
|
||||
issued:
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a DSA -b 768 -n ZONE example.com</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a DSA -b 768 -n ZONE example.com</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The command would print a string of the form:
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>Kexample.com.+003+26160</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>Kexample.com.+003+26160</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: dnssec-signzone.html,v 1.8.18.4 2004/06/11 02:49:01 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: dnssec-signzone.html,v 1.8.18.5 2004/08/22 23:53:27 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,120 +62,96 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-a</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-a</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-e <TT
|
||||
>-e <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>end-time</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>end-time</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-f <TT
|
||||
>-f <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>output-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>output-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-g</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-g</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-h</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-h</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-l <TT
|
||||
>-l <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-i <TT
|
||||
>-i <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>interval</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>interval</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>nthreads</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>nthreads</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-o <TT
|
||||
>-o <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>origin</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>origin</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-p</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomdev</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>randomdev</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>start-time</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>start-time</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-t</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v <TT
|
||||
>-v <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>level</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-z</TT
|
||||
>-z</VAR
|
||||
>] {zonefile} [key...]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,11 +196,9 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -232,11 +206,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,11 +217,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-l <TT
|
||||
>-l <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -258,11 +228,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,9 +238,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>keyset</TT
|
||||
> files in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>directory</TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
> as the directory
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,11 +253,9 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>start-time</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>start-time</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,43 +265,39 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation; 20000530144500 denotes
|
||||
14:45:00 UTC on May 30th, 2000. A relative start time is
|
||||
indicated by +N, which is N seconds from the current time.
|
||||
If no <TT
|
||||
If no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>start-time</TT
|
||||
>start-time</VAR
|
||||
> is specified, the current
|
||||
time minus 1 hour (to allow for clock skew) is used.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-e <TT
|
||||
>-e <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>end-time</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>end-time</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Specify the date and time when the generated RRSIG records
|
||||
expire. As with <TT
|
||||
expire. As with <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>start-time</TT
|
||||
>start-time</VAR
|
||||
>, an absolute
|
||||
time is indicated in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation. A time relative
|
||||
to the start time is indicated with +N, which is N seconds from
|
||||
the start time. A time relative to the current time is
|
||||
indicated with now+N. If no <TT
|
||||
indicated with now+N. If no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>end-time</TT
|
||||
>end-time</VAR
|
||||
> is
|
||||
specified, 30 days from the start time is used as a default.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-f <TT
|
||||
>-f <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>output-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>output-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -359,18 +321,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-i <TT
|
||||
>-i <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>interval</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>interval</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> When a previously signed zone is passed as input, records
|
||||
may be resigned. The <TT
|
||||
may be resigned. The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>interval</TT
|
||||
>interval</VAR
|
||||
> option
|
||||
specifies the cycle interval as an offset from the current
|
||||
time (in seconds). If a RRSIG record expires after the
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,12 +340,12 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
> The default cycle interval is one quarter of the difference
|
||||
between the signature end and start times. So if neither
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>end-time</TT
|
||||
> or <TT
|
||||
>end-time</VAR
|
||||
> or <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>start-time</TT
|
||||
>start-time</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are specified, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -398,11 +358,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ncpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ncpus</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -411,11 +369,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-o <TT
|
||||
>-o <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>origin</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>origin</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,11 +390,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomdev</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>randomdev</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -469,11 +423,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-v <TT
|
||||
>-v <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>level</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -515,11 +467,9 @@ NAME="AEN181"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>EXAMPLE</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The following command signs the <TT
|
||||
> The following command signs the <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>example.com</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>example.com</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
zone with the DSA key generated in the <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -531,20 +481,16 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>keyset</TT
|
||||
> files associated with child zones,
|
||||
they must be in the current directory.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>example.com</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>example.com</KBD
|
||||
>, the following command would be
|
||||
issued:
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone -o example.com db.example.com Kexample.com.+003+26160</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone -o example.com db.example.com Kexample.com.+003+26160</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwresd.html,v 1.5.18.3 2004/06/03 04:17:54 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwresd.html,v 1.5.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:27 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwresd</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>lwresd</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,82 +62,66 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>lwresd</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-C <TT
|
||||
>-C <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-f</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-f</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-g</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-g</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-i <TT
|
||||
>-i <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pid-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>pid-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-P <TT
|
||||
>-P <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-s</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,18 +170,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
|
||||
> contains any
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>nameserver</TT
|
||||
>nameserver</VAR
|
||||
> entries, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>lwresd</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
sends recursive DNS queries to those servers. This is similar
|
||||
to the use of forwarders in a caching name server. If no
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>nameserver</TT
|
||||
>nameserver</VAR
|
||||
> entries are present, or if
|
||||
forwarding fails, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,19 +204,15 @@ NAME="AEN63"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-C <TT
|
||||
>-C <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use <TT
|
||||
> Use <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
> as the
|
||||
configuration file instead of the default,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -242,19 +222,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Set the daemon's debug level to <TT
|
||||
> Set the daemon's debug level to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Debugging traces from <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -282,19 +258,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Create <TT
|
||||
> Create <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
> worker threads
|
||||
to take advantage of multiple CPUs. If not specified,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,38 +279,30 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-P <TT
|
||||
>-P <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Listen for lightweight resolver queries on port
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
>. If
|
||||
not specified, the default is port 921.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Send DNS lookups to port <TT
|
||||
> Send DNS lookups to port <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
>. If not
|
||||
specified, the default is port 53. This provides a
|
||||
way of testing the lightweight resolver daemon with a
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,22 +334,18 @@ CLASS="NOTE"
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>chroot()</TT
|
||||
> to <TT
|
||||
>chroot()</CODE
|
||||
> to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
> after
|
||||
processing the command line arguments, but before
|
||||
reading the configuration file.
|
||||
|
|
@ -410,14 +370,14 @@ ALIGN="CENTER"
|
|||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> This option should be used in conjunction with the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u</TT
|
||||
>-u</VAR
|
||||
> option, as chrooting a process
|
||||
running as root doesn't enhance security on most
|
||||
systems; the way <TT
|
||||
systems; the way <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>chroot()</TT
|
||||
>chroot()</CODE
|
||||
> is
|
||||
defined allows a process with root privileges to
|
||||
escape a chroot jail.
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,22 +388,18 @@ CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>setuid()</TT
|
||||
> to <TT
|
||||
>setuid()</CODE
|
||||
> to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
> after completing
|
||||
privileged operations, such as creating sockets that
|
||||
listen on privileged ports.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/06/03 04:17:54 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: named.html,v 1.6.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:28 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>named</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>named</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,80 +62,66 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>named</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-4</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-4</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-6</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-6</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-f</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-f</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-g</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-g</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-s</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-x <TT
|
||||
>-x <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>cache-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>cache-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,12 +169,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use IPv4 only even if the host machine is capable of IPv6.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-4</TT
|
||||
> and <TT
|
||||
>-4</VAR
|
||||
> and <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-6</TT
|
||||
>-6</VAR
|
||||
> are mutually
|
||||
exclusive.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,30 +184,26 @@ CLASS="OPTION"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use IPv6 only even if the host machine is capable of IPv4.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-4</TT
|
||||
> and <TT
|
||||
>-4</VAR
|
||||
> and <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-6</TT
|
||||
>-6</VAR
|
||||
> are mutually
|
||||
exclusive.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use <TT
|
||||
> Use <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
> as the
|
||||
configuration file instead of the default,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,33 +213,27 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
ensure that reloading the configuration file continues
|
||||
to work after the server has changed its working
|
||||
directory due to to a possible
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>directory</TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
> option in the configuration
|
||||
file, <TT
|
||||
file, <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
> should be
|
||||
an absolute pathname.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-d <TT
|
||||
>-d <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Set the daemon's debug level to <TT
|
||||
> Set the daemon's debug level to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>debug-level</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>debug-level</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Debugging traces from <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,19 +261,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-n <TT
|
||||
>-n <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Create <TT
|
||||
> Create <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>#cpus</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>#cpus</VAR
|
||||
> worker threads
|
||||
to take advantage of multiple CPUs. If not specified,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,19 +282,15 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Listen for queries on port <TT
|
||||
> Listen for queries on port <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
>. If not
|
||||
specified, the default is port 53.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -350,22 +318,18 @@ CLASS="NOTE"
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>chroot()</TT
|
||||
> to <TT
|
||||
>chroot()</CODE
|
||||
> to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>directory</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>directory</VAR
|
||||
> after
|
||||
processing the command line arguments, but before
|
||||
reading the configuration file.
|
||||
|
|
@ -390,14 +354,14 @@ ALIGN="CENTER"
|
|||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> This option should be used in conjunction with the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u</TT
|
||||
>-u</VAR
|
||||
> option, as chrooting a process
|
||||
running as root doesn't enhance security on most
|
||||
systems; the way <TT
|
||||
systems; the way <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>chroot()</TT
|
||||
>chroot()</CODE
|
||||
> is
|
||||
defined allows a process with root privileges to
|
||||
escape a chroot jail.
|
||||
|
|
@ -408,22 +372,18 @@ CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>setuid()</TT
|
||||
> to <TT
|
||||
>setuid()</CODE
|
||||
> to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
> after completing
|
||||
privileged operations, such as creating sockets that
|
||||
listen on privileged ports.
|
||||
|
|
@ -440,14 +400,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>named</B
|
||||
> uses the kernel's
|
||||
capability mechanism to drop all root privileges
|
||||
except the ability to <TT
|
||||
except the ability to <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>bind()</TT
|
||||
>bind()</CODE
|
||||
> to a
|
||||
privileged port and set process resource limits.
|
||||
Unfortunately, this means that the <TT
|
||||
Unfortunately, this means that the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u</TT
|
||||
>-u</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option only works when <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -455,9 +415,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
> is run
|
||||
on kernel 2.2.18 or later, or kernel 2.3.99-pre3 or
|
||||
later, since previous kernels did not allow privileges
|
||||
to be retained after <TT
|
||||
to be retained after <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>setuid()</TT
|
||||
>setuid()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></BLOCKQUOTE
|
||||
|
|
@ -471,19 +431,15 @@ CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-x <TT
|
||||
>-x <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>cache-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>cache-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Load data from <TT
|
||||
> Load data from <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>cache-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>cache-file</VAR
|
||||
> into the
|
||||
cache of the default view.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: nsupdate.html,v 1.14.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:12 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: nsupdate.html,v 1.14.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:28 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>nsupdate</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>nsupdate</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>nsupdate</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,52 +56,42 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-d</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y <TT
|
||||
>-y <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname:secret</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
> | <TT
|
||||
>keyname:secret</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
> | <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>keyfile</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>timeout</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>timeout</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>udptimeout</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>udptimeout</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>udpretries</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>udpretries</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>] [filename]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,9 +132,9 @@ Requests are sent to the zone's master server.
|
|||
This is identified by the MNAME field of the zone's SOA record.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-d</TT
|
||||
>-d</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option makes
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,22 +194,22 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
uses the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y</TT
|
||||
>-y</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
or
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option (with an HMAC-MD5 key) to provide the shared secret needed to generate
|
||||
a TSIG record for authenticating Dynamic DNS update requests.
|
||||
These options are mutually exclusive.
|
||||
With the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -227,11 +217,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
reads the shared secret from the file
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyfile</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
whose name is of the form
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -245,36 +233,30 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>K{name}.+157.+{random}.key</TT
|
||||
>
|
||||
must also be present. When the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y</TT
|
||||
>-y</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option is used, a signature is generated from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname:secret.</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyname:secret.</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is the name of the key,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>secret</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>secret</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is the base64 encoded shared secret.
|
||||
Use of the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y</TT
|
||||
>-y</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option is discouraged because the shared secret is supplied as a command
|
||||
line argument in clear text.
|
||||
|
|
@ -288,9 +270,9 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
or in a history file maintained by the user's shell.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
> may also be used to specify a SIG(0) key used
|
||||
to authenticate Dynamic DNS update requests. In this case, the key
|
||||
specified is not an HMAC-MD5 key.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,9 +285,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
uses UDP to send update requests to the name server unless they are too
|
||||
large to fit in a UDP request in which case TCP will be used.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-v</TT
|
||||
>-v</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
option makes
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -315,23 +297,23 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
use a TCP connection.
|
||||
This may be preferable when a batch of update requests is made.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t</TT
|
||||
>-t</VAR
|
||||
> option sets the maximum time a update request can
|
||||
take before it is aborted. The default is 300 seconds. Zero can be used
|
||||
to disable the timeout.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u</TT
|
||||
>-u</VAR
|
||||
> option sets the UDP retry interval. The default is
|
||||
3 seconds. If zero the interval will be computed from the timeout interval
|
||||
and number of UDP retries.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <TT
|
||||
>The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r</TT
|
||||
>-r</VAR
|
||||
> option sets the number of UDP retries. The default is
|
||||
3. If zero only one update request will be made.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -348,11 +330,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
reads input from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
or standard input.
|
||||
Each command is supplied on exactly one line of input.
|
||||
|
|
@ -391,11 +371,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Sends all dynamic update requests to the name server
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servername</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servername</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
When no server statement is provided,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -405,18 +383,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
will send updates to the master server of the correct zone.
|
||||
The MNAME field of that zone's SOA record will identify the master
|
||||
server for that zone.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is the port number on
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servername</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servername</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
where the dynamic update requests get sent.
|
||||
If no port number is specified, the default DNS port number of 53 is
|
||||
|
|
@ -432,11 +406,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Sends all dynamic update requests using the local
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>address</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
When no local statement is provided,
|
||||
|
|
@ -445,11 +417,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
will send updates using an address and port chosen by the system.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
can additionally be used to make requests come from a specific port.
|
||||
If no port number is specified, the system will assign one. </P
|
||||
|
|
@ -464,18 +434,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Specifies that all updates are to be made to the zone
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>zonename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>zonename</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
If no
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>zone</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>zone</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
statement is provided,
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -494,17 +460,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Specify the default class.
|
||||
If no <TT
|
||||
If no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
> is specified the default class is
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>IN</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>IN</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,28 +479,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Specifies that all updates are to be TSIG signed using the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
>keyname</VAR
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keysecret</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keysecret</VAR
|
||||
> pair.
|
||||
The <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>key</B
|
||||
> command
|
||||
overrides any key specified on the command line via
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y</TT
|
||||
> or <TT
|
||||
>-y</VAR
|
||||
> or <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -551,11 +509,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Requires that no resource record of any type exists with name
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,11 +524,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Requires that
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
exists (has as at least one resource record, of any type).</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -586,31 +540,23 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Requires that no resource record exists of the specified
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is omitted, IN (internet) is assumed.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -624,32 +570,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>This requires that a resource record of the specified
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
must exist.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is omitted, IN (internet) is assumed.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -663,61 +601,45 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>data</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>data</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
from each set of prerequisites of this form
|
||||
sharing a common
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are combined to form a set of RRs. This set of RRs must
|
||||
exactly match the set of RRs existing in the zone at the
|
||||
given
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>data</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>data</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are written in the standard text representation of the resource record's
|
||||
RDATA.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -732,40 +654,30 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Deletes any resource records named
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>domain-name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>domain-name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>data</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>data</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is provided, only matching resource records will be removed.
|
||||
The internet class is assumed if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is not supplied. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ttl</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ttl</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is ignored, and is only allowed for compatibility.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -779,24 +691,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Adds a new resource record with the specified
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ttl</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ttl</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>data</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>data</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -923,18 +829,18 @@ NAME="AEN268"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>/etc/resolv.conf</TT
|
||||
>/etc/resolv.conf</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>used to identify default name server</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>K{name}.+157.+{random}.key</TT
|
||||
>K{name}.+157.+{random}.key</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -948,9 +854,9 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>K{name}.+157.+{random}.private</TT
|
||||
>K{name}.+157.+{random}.private</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc-confgen.html,v 1.8.18.3 2004/06/03 04:17:55 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc-confgen.html,v 1.8.18.4 2004/08/22 23:53:29 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,76 +62,60 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-a</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-a</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-b <TT
|
||||
>-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keysize</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>keysize</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>keyfile</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-h</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-h</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>keyname</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>randomfile</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>address</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>chrootdir</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>chrootdir</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>]</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,13 +197,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>/etc</TT
|
||||
> (or whatever
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>sysconfdir</TT
|
||||
>sysconfdir</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
was specified as when <SPAN
|
||||
was specified as when <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="ACRONYM"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> was built)
|
||||
that is read by both <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,11 +274,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-b <TT
|
||||
>-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keysize</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keysize</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,11 +285,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyfile</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,28 +313,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyname</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Specifies the key name of the rndc authentication key.
|
||||
This must be a valid domain name.
|
||||
The default is <TT
|
||||
The default is <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rndc-key</TT
|
||||
>rndc-key</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -370,11 +346,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-r <TT
|
||||
>-r <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>randomfile</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>randomfile</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -399,11 +373,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>address</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -420,11 +392,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-t <TT
|
||||
>-t <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>chrootdir</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>chrootdir</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -448,11 +418,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-u <TT
|
||||
>-u <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -489,11 +457,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
no manual configuration, run
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>rndc-confgen -a</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>rndc-confgen -a</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -515,11 +481,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
run
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc.conf.html,v 1.6.18.5 2004/07/23 06:08:28 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc.conf.html,v 1.6.18.6 2004/08/22 23:53:29 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>rndc.conf</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>rndc.conf</TT
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,114 +111,114 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
and a key statement.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The <TT
|
||||
> The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>options</TT
|
||||
>options</VAR
|
||||
> statement contains five clauses.
|
||||
The <TT
|
||||
The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>default-server</TT
|
||||
>default-server</VAR
|
||||
> clause is followed by the
|
||||
name or address of a name server. This host will be used when
|
||||
no name server is given as an argument to
|
||||
<B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>rndc</B
|
||||
>. The <TT
|
||||
>. The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>default-key</TT
|
||||
>default-key</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
clause is followed by the name of a key which is identified by
|
||||
a <TT
|
||||
a <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key</TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
> statement. If no
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>keyid</TT
|
||||
>keyid</VAR
|
||||
> is provided on the rndc command line,
|
||||
and no <TT
|
||||
and no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key</TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
> clause is found in a matching
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>server</TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
> statement, this default key will be
|
||||
used to authenticate the server's commands and responses. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>default-port</TT
|
||||
>default-port</VAR
|
||||
> clause is followed by the port
|
||||
to connect to on the remote name server. If no
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>port</TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
> option is provided on the rndc command
|
||||
line, and no <TT
|
||||
line, and no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>port</TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
> clause is found in a
|
||||
matching <TT
|
||||
matching <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>server</TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
> statement, this default port
|
||||
will be used to connect.
|
||||
The <TT
|
||||
The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>default-source-address</TT
|
||||
>default-source-address</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>default-source-address-v6</TT
|
||||
>default-source-address-v6</VAR
|
||||
> clauses which
|
||||
can be used to set the IPv4 and IPv6 source addresses
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> After the <TT
|
||||
> After the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>server</TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
> keyword, the server
|
||||
statement includes a string which is the hostname or address
|
||||
for a name server. The statement has three possible clauses:
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key</TT
|
||||
>, <TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
>, <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>port</TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>addresses</TT
|
||||
>addresses</VAR
|
||||
>. The key name must match the
|
||||
name of a key statement in the file. The port number
|
||||
specifies the port to connect to. If an <TT
|
||||
specifies the port to connect to. If an <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>addresses</TT
|
||||
>addresses</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
clause is supplied these addresses will be used instead of
|
||||
the server name. Each address can take a optional port.
|
||||
If an <TT
|
||||
If an <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>source-address</TT
|
||||
> or <TT
|
||||
>source-address</VAR
|
||||
> or <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>source-address-v6</TT
|
||||
>source-address-v6</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
of supplied then these will be used to specify the IPv4 and IPv6
|
||||
source addresses respectively.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The <TT
|
||||
> The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key</TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
> statement begins with an identifying
|
||||
string, the name of the key. The statement has two clauses.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>algorithm</TT
|
||||
>algorithm</VAR
|
||||
> identifies the encryption algorithm
|
||||
for <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,11 +313,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>:
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>rndc-confgen</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -326,13 +324,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>rndc.conf</TT
|
||||
> file, including the
|
||||
randomly generated key, will be written to the standard
|
||||
output. Commented out <TT
|
||||
output. Commented out <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key</TT
|
||||
>key</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>controls</TT
|
||||
>controls</VAR
|
||||
> statements for
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
|
|
@ -346,11 +344,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
>:
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="USERINPUT"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>echo "known plaintext for a secret" | mmencode</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>echo "known plaintext for a secret" | mmencode</KBD
|
||||
>
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -371,9 +367,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>named.conf</TT
|
||||
>.
|
||||
See the sections on the <TT
|
||||
See the sections on the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>controls</TT
|
||||
>controls</VAR
|
||||
> statement in the
|
||||
BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for details.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc.html,v 1.8.18.4 2004/07/23 06:08:28 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: rndc.html,v 1.8.18.5 2004/08/22 23:53:30 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>rndc</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="APPLICATION"
|
||||
>rndc</SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
|
|
@ -62,57 +62,45 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
><B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
>rndc</B
|
||||
> [<TT
|
||||
> [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-b <TT
|
||||
>-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>source-address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>source-address</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>key-file</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>server</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-V</TT
|
||||
>] [<TT
|
||||
>-V</VAR
|
||||
>] [<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>-y <TT
|
||||
>-y <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key_id</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>key_id</VAR
|
||||
></VAR
|
||||
>] {command}</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,19 +171,15 @@ NAME="AEN49"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-b <TT
|
||||
>-b <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>source-address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>source-address</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use <TT
|
||||
> Use <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>source-address</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>source-address</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
as the source address for the connection to the server.
|
||||
Multiple instances are permitted to allow setting of both
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,19 +187,15 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-c <TT
|
||||
>-c <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use <TT
|
||||
> Use <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
as the configuration file instead of the default,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,19 +205,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-k <TT
|
||||
>-k <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>key-file</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use <TT
|
||||
> Use <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>key-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>key-file</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
as the key file instead of the default,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -248,29 +224,23 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>/etc/rndc.key</TT
|
||||
> will be used to authenticate
|
||||
commands sent to the server if the <TT
|
||||
commands sent to the server if the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>config-file</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>config-file</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
does not exist.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-s <TT
|
||||
>-s <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>server</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>server</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>server</VAR
|
||||
> is
|
||||
the name or address of the server which matches a
|
||||
server statement in the configuration file for
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,20 +254,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-p <TT
|
||||
>-p <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Send commands to TCP port
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>port</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>port</VAR
|
||||
> instead
|
||||
of BIND 9's default control channel port, 953.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,34 +276,26 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
>-y <TT
|
||||
>-y <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyid</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyid</VAR
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Use the key <TT
|
||||
> Use the key <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyid</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyid</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
from the configuration file.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyid</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyid</VAR
|
||||
> must be
|
||||
known by named with the same algorithm and secret string
|
||||
in order for control message validation to succeed.
|
||||
If no <TT
|
||||
If no <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>keyid</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>keyid</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is specified, <B
|
||||
CLASS="COMMAND"
|
||||
|
|
@ -385,9 +343,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
|
|||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> There is currently no way to provide the shared secret for a
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="OPTION"
|
||||
>key_id</TT
|
||||
>key_id</VAR
|
||||
> without using the configuration file.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>Introduction </TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch01"
|
||||
>Chapter 1. Introduction </A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 1. Introduction </H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,24 +97,24 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html#AEN42"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>1.4. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html#AEN107"
|
||||
>The Domain Name System (<SPAN
|
||||
>The Domain Name System (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>)</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
></DL
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The Internet Domain Name System (<SPAN
|
||||
>The Internet Domain Name System (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>) consists of the syntax
|
||||
to specify the names of entities in the Internet in a hierarchical
|
||||
manner, the rules used for delegating authority over names, and the
|
||||
system implementation that actually maps names to Internet
|
||||
addresses. <SPAN
|
||||
addresses. <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> data is maintained in a group of distributed
|
||||
hierarchical databases.</P
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,19 +126,19 @@ NAME="AEN15"
|
|||
>1.1. Scope of Document</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (<SPAN
|
||||
>The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>) implements an
|
||||
domain name server for a number of operating systems. This
|
||||
document provides basic information about the installation and
|
||||
care of the Internet Software Consortium (<SPAN
|
||||
care of the Internet Software Consortium (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>ISC</SPAN
|
||||
>ISC</ACRONYM
|
||||
>)
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> version 9 software package for system
|
||||
administrators.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -160,12 +160,12 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Section 1</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> introduces
|
||||
the basic <SPAN
|
||||
the basic <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
> and <SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> and <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> concepts. <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,9 +173,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Section 2</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
describes resource requirements for running <SPAN
|
||||
describes resource requirements for running <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> in various
|
||||
environments. Information in <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -192,9 +192,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
></SPAN
|
||||
> in its presentation and is
|
||||
organized functionally, to aid in the process of installing the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 software. The task-oriented section is followed by
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -211,9 +211,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Section 5</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
describes the <SPAN
|
||||
describes the <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 lightweight
|
||||
resolver. The contents of <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -253,9 +253,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Bibliography</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> and
|
||||
historic information related to <SPAN
|
||||
historic information related to <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> and the Domain Name
|
||||
System.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,11 +272,11 @@ NAME="AEN42"
|
|||
conventions:</P
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="informaltable"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN45"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><TABLE
|
||||
CELLPADDING="3"
|
||||
BORDER="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,9 +284,6 @@ CLASS="CALSTABLE"
|
|||
><TBODY
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
> <P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -298,9 +295,6 @@ describe:</I
|
|||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
> <P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,17 +307,11 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
> <P
|
||||
>a pathname, filename, URL, hostname,
|
||||
mailing list name, or new term or concept</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
CLASS="filename"
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,42 +321,28 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>literal user
|
||||
input</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>Fixed Width Bold</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>Fixed Width Bold</KBD
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>program output</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><SAMP
|
||||
CLASS="computeroutput"
|
||||
>Fixed Width</TT
|
||||
>Fixed Width</SAMP
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
|
|
@ -379,16 +353,16 @@ CLASS="computeroutput"
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The following conventions are used in descriptions of the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> configuration file:<DIV
|
||||
CLASS="informaltable"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN77"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><TABLE
|
||||
CELLPADDING="3"
|
||||
BORDER="1"
|
||||
|
|
@ -396,9 +370,6 @@ CLASS="CALSTABLE"
|
|||
><TBODY
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -410,9 +381,6 @@ describe:</I
|
|||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -425,54 +393,36 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>keywords</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>Fixed Width</TT
|
||||
>Fixed Width</VAR
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>variables</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="varname"
|
||||
>Fixed Width</TT
|
||||
>Fixed Width</VAR
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
><TR
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="288"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Optional input</P
|
||||
></TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="252"
|
||||
ALIGN="LEFT"
|
||||
VALIGN="MIDDLE"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>[<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="optional"
|
||||
|
|
@ -493,24 +443,24 @@ CLASS="sect1"
|
|||
CLASS="sect1"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN107"
|
||||
>1.4. The Domain Name System (<SPAN
|
||||
>1.4. The Domain Name System (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>)</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The purpose of this document is to explain the installation
|
||||
and upkeep of the <SPAN
|
||||
and upkeep of the <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> software package, and we
|
||||
begin by reviewing the fundamentals of the Domain Name System
|
||||
(<SPAN
|
||||
(<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>) as they relate to <SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>) as they relate to <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -542,9 +492,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>name servers</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> and interprets the responses.
|
||||
The <SPAN
|
||||
The <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 software distribution contains a
|
||||
name server, <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
|
|
@ -604,30 +554,30 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Example, Inc.</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> could be
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>mail.example.com</TT
|
||||
>mail.example.com</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
where <TT
|
||||
where <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>com</TT
|
||||
>com</VAR
|
||||
> is the
|
||||
top level domain to which
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>ourhost.example.com</TT
|
||||
>ourhost.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> belongs,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>example</TT
|
||||
>example</VAR
|
||||
> is
|
||||
a subdomain of <TT
|
||||
a subdomain of <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>com</TT
|
||||
>com</VAR
|
||||
>, and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>ourhost</TT
|
||||
>ourhost</VAR
|
||||
> is the
|
||||
name of the host.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -664,9 +614,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
>resource records</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> (<SPAN
|
||||
> (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>RR</SPAN
|
||||
>RR</ACRONYM
|
||||
>s).
|
||||
Some of the supported resource record types are described in
|
||||
<A
|
||||
|
|
@ -707,9 +657,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>As we stated previously, a zone is a point of delegation in
|
||||
the <SPAN
|
||||
the <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> tree. A zone consists of
|
||||
those contiguous parts of the domain
|
||||
tree for which a name server has complete information and over which
|
||||
|
|
@ -726,36 +676,36 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
parent zone, which should be matched by equivalent NS records at
|
||||
the root of the delegated zone.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>For instance, consider the <TT
|
||||
>For instance, consider the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>example.com</TT
|
||||
>example.com</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
domain which includes names
|
||||
such as <TT
|
||||
such as <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>host.aaa.example.com</TT
|
||||
>host.aaa.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>host.bbb.example.com</TT
|
||||
>host.bbb.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> even though
|
||||
the <TT
|
||||
the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>example.com</TT
|
||||
>example.com</VAR
|
||||
> zone includes
|
||||
only delegations for the <TT
|
||||
only delegations for the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>aaa.example.com</TT
|
||||
>aaa.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>bbb.example.com</TT
|
||||
>bbb.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> zones. A zone can map
|
||||
exactly to a single domain, but could also include only part of a
|
||||
domain, the rest of which could be delegated to other
|
||||
name servers. Every name in the <SPAN
|
||||
name servers. Every name in the <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> tree is a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
|
|
@ -783,9 +733,9 @@ not intuitive and we suggest that you read RFCs 1033, 1034 and 1035 to
|
|||
gain a complete understanding of this difficult and subtle
|
||||
topic.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Though <SPAN
|
||||
>Though <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> is called a "domain name server",
|
||||
it deals primarily in terms of zones. The master and slave
|
||||
declarations in the <TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -1056,14 +1006,14 @@ and they are queried in turn until the list is exhausted or an answer
|
|||
is found. Forwarders are typically used when you do not
|
||||
wish all the servers at a given site to interact directly with the rest of
|
||||
the Internet servers. A typical scenario would involve a number
|
||||
of internal <SPAN
|
||||
of internal <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> servers and an Internet firewall. Servers unable
|
||||
to pass packets through the firewall would forward to the server
|
||||
that can do it, and that server would query the Internet <SPAN
|
||||
that can do it, and that server would query the Internet <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> servers
|
||||
on the internal server's behalf. An added benefit of using the forwarding
|
||||
feature is that the central machine develops a much more complete
|
||||
|
|
@ -1080,9 +1030,9 @@ NAME="AEN218"
|
|||
>1.4.6. Name Servers in Multiple Roles</A
|
||||
></H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The <SPAN
|
||||
>The <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> name server can simultaneously act as
|
||||
a master for some zones, a slave for other zones, and as a caching
|
||||
(recursive) server for a set of local clients.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1169,9 +1119,9 @@ VALIGN="top"
|
|||
WIDTH="33%"
|
||||
ALIGN="right"
|
||||
VALIGN="top"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> Resource Requirements</TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
></TABLE
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>BIND Resource Requirements</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,11 +70,11 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch02"
|
||||
>Chapter 2. <SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 2. <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
> Resource Requirements</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> Resource Requirements</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -118,25 +118,25 @@ NAME="AEN228"
|
|||
>2.1. Hardware requirements</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> hardware requirements have traditionally been quite modest.
|
||||
For many installations, servers that have been pensioned off from
|
||||
active duty have performed admirably as <SPAN
|
||||
active duty have performed admirably as <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> servers.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The DNSSEC and IPv6 features of <SPAN
|
||||
>The DNSSEC and IPv6 features of <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 may prove to be quite
|
||||
CPU intensive however, so organizations that make heavy use of these
|
||||
features may wish to consider larger systems for these applications.
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 is fully multithreaded, allowing full utilization of
|
||||
multiprocessor systems for installations that need it.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ NAME="AEN236"
|
|||
>2.2. CPU Requirements</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>CPU requirements for <SPAN
|
||||
>CPU requirements for <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 range from i486-class machines
|
||||
for serving of static zones without caching, to enterprise-class
|
||||
machines if you intend to process many dynamic updates and DNSSEC
|
||||
|
|
@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
>max-cache-size</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
option can be used to limit the amount of memory used by the cache,
|
||||
at the expense of reducing cache hit rates and causing more <SPAN
|
||||
at the expense of reducing cache hit rates and causing more <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>
|
||||
traffic. It is still good practice to have enough memory to load
|
||||
all zone and cache data into memory — unfortunately, the best way
|
||||
|
|
@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ NAME="AEN248"
|
|||
>2.5. Supported Operating Systems</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>ISC <SPAN
|
||||
>ISC <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 compiles and runs on a large number
|
||||
of Unix-like operating system and on Windows NT / 2000. For an up-to-date
|
||||
list of supported systems, see the README file in the top level directory
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>Advanced DNS Features</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch04"
|
||||
>Chapter 4. Advanced DNS Features</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 4. Advanced DNS Features</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#DNSSEC"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>4.9. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#AEN1001"
|
||||
>IPv6 Support in <SPAN
|
||||
>IPv6 Support in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
></DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ NAME="notify"
|
|||
>4.1. Notify</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> NOTIFY is a mechanism that allows master
|
||||
servers to notify their slave servers of changes to a zone's data. In
|
||||
response to a <B
|
||||
|
|
@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
slave will check to see that its version of the zone is the
|
||||
current version and, if not, initiate a zone transfer.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>
|
||||
For more information about
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,11 +261,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
to the zone using
|
||||
<B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>rndc freeze <TT
|
||||
>rndc freeze <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="replaceable"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>zone</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>zone</VAR
|
||||
></B
|
||||
>.
|
||||
This will also remove the zone's <TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,11 +273,9 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
and update the master file. Edit the zone file. Run
|
||||
<B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>rndc unfreeze <TT
|
||||
>rndc unfreeze <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="replaceable"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>zone</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>zone</VAR
|
||||
></B
|
||||
>
|
||||
to reload the changed zone and re-enable dynamic updates.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,9 +298,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#proposed_standards"
|
|||
>Proposed Standards</A
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>When acting as a master, <SPAN
|
||||
>When acting as a master, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9
|
||||
supports IXFR for those zones
|
||||
where the necessary change history information is available. These
|
||||
|
|
@ -316,17 +312,15 @@ transfer (AXFR), IXFR is supported only if the option
|
|||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>ixfr-from-differences</B
|
||||
> is set
|
||||
to <TT
|
||||
to <KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>yes</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>yes</KBD
|
||||
>.
|
||||
</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>When acting as a slave, <SPAN
|
||||
>When acting as a slave, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 will
|
||||
attempt to use IXFR unless
|
||||
it is explicitly disabled. For more information about disabling
|
||||
|
|
@ -381,9 +375,9 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>Example, Inc.</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
(<TT
|
||||
(<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>example.com</TT
|
||||
>example.com</VAR
|
||||
>)
|
||||
has several corporate sites that have an internal network with reserved
|
||||
Internet Protocol (IP) space and an external demilitarized zone (DMZ),
|
||||
|
|
@ -495,9 +489,9 @@ internal hosts.</P
|
|||
>Here's an example of a wildcard MX record:</P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="programlisting"
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>* IN MX 10 external1.example.com.</TT
|
||||
>* IN MX 10 external1.example.com.</VAR
|
||||
></PRE
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Now that they accept mail on behalf of anything in the internal
|
||||
|
|
@ -534,24 +528,24 @@ internal clients will now be able to:</P
|
|||
><UL
|
||||
><LI
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <TT
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site1</TT
|
||||
>site1</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site2.example.com</TT
|
||||
>site2.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> zones.</P
|
||||
></LI
|
||||
><LI
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <TT
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site1.internal</TT
|
||||
>site1.internal</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site2.internal</TT
|
||||
>site2.internal</VAR
|
||||
> domains.</P
|
||||
></LI
|
||||
><LI
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,24 +564,24 @@ CLASS="literal"
|
|||
><UL
|
||||
><LI
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <TT
|
||||
>Look up any hostnames in the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site1</TT
|
||||
>site1</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site2.example.com</TT
|
||||
>site2.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> zones.</P
|
||||
></LI
|
||||
><LI
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Exchange mail with anyone in the <TT
|
||||
>Exchange mail with anyone in the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site1</TT
|
||||
>site1</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>site2.example.com</TT
|
||||
>site2.example.com</VAR
|
||||
> zones.</P
|
||||
></LI
|
||||
></UL
|
||||
|
|
@ -605,9 +599,9 @@ CLASS="programlisting"
|
|||
>
|
||||
acl internals { 172.16.72.0/24; 192.168.1.0/24; };
|
||||
|
||||
acl externals { <TT
|
||||
acl externals { <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="varname"
|
||||
>bastion-ips-go-here</TT
|
||||
>bastion-ips-go-here</VAR
|
||||
>; };
|
||||
|
||||
options {
|
||||
|
|
@ -615,9 +609,9 @@ options {
|
|||
...
|
||||
forward only;
|
||||
forwarders { // forward to external servers
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="varname"
|
||||
>bastion-ips-go-here</TT
|
||||
>bastion-ips-go-here</VAR
|
||||
>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
allow-transfer { none; }; // sample allow-transfer (no one)
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,25 +713,25 @@ NAME="tsig"
|
|||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>This is a short guide to setting up Transaction SIGnatures
|
||||
(TSIG) based transaction security in <SPAN
|
||||
(TSIG) based transaction security in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>. It describes changes
|
||||
to the configuration file as well as what changes are required for
|
||||
different features, including the process of creating transaction
|
||||
keys and using transaction signatures with <SPAN
|
||||
keys and using transaction signatures with <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> primarily supports TSIG for server to server communication.
|
||||
This includes zone transfer, notify, and recursive query messages.
|
||||
Resolvers based on newer versions of <SPAN
|
||||
Resolvers based on newer versions of <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 8 have limited support
|
||||
for TSIG.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -749,13 +743,13 @@ for TSIG.</P
|
|||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>nsupdate</B
|
||||
>
|
||||
program supports TSIG via the <TT
|
||||
program supports TSIG via the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-k</TT
|
||||
>-k</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-y</TT
|
||||
>-y</VAR
|
||||
> command line options.</P
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="sect2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -796,11 +790,9 @@ are easier to read. Note that the maximum key length is 512 bits;
|
|||
keys longer than that will be digested with MD5 to produce a 128
|
||||
bit key.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a hmac-md5 -b 128 -n HOST host1-host2.</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a hmac-md5 -b 128 -n HOST host1-host2.</KBD
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The key is in the file <TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,18 +800,18 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
>Khost1-host2.+157+00000.private</TT
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Nothing directly uses this file, but the base-64 encoded string
|
||||
following "<TT
|
||||
following "<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>Key:</TT
|
||||
>Key:</VAR
|
||||
>"
|
||||
can be extracted from the file and used as a shared secret:</P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="programlisting"
|
||||
>Key: La/E5CjG9O+os1jq0a2jdA==</PRE
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The string "<TT
|
||||
>The string "<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>La/E5CjG9O+os1jq0a2jdA==</TT
|
||||
>La/E5CjG9O+os1jq0a2jdA==</VAR
|
||||
>" can
|
||||
be used as the shared secret.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -890,9 +882,9 @@ CLASS="programlisting"
|
|||
};
|
||||
</PRE
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The algorithm, hmac-md5, is the only one supported by <SPAN
|
||||
>The algorithm, hmac-md5, is the only one supported by <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>.
|
||||
The secret is the one generated above. Since this is a secret, it
|
||||
is recommended that either <TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -1003,9 +995,9 @@ NAME="AEN900"
|
|||
>4.5.5. TSIG Key Based Access Control</A
|
||||
></H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> allows IP addresses and ranges to be specified in ACL
|
||||
definitions and
|
||||
<B
|
||||
|
|
@ -1087,9 +1079,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>TKEY</B
|
||||
> that specify how the key is
|
||||
generated or assigned. <SPAN
|
||||
generated or assigned. <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9
|
||||
implements only one of these modes,
|
||||
the Diffie-Hellman key exchange. Both hosts are required to have
|
||||
|
|
@ -1145,9 +1137,9 @@ NAME="AEN932"
|
|||
>4.7. SIG(0)</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 partially supports DNSSEC SIG(0)
|
||||
transaction signatures as specified in RFC 2535 and RFC2931. SIG(0)
|
||||
uses public/private keys to authenticate messages. Access control
|
||||
|
|
@ -1161,9 +1153,9 @@ CLASS="acronym"
|
|||
>SIG(0) signing of multiple-message TCP streams is not
|
||||
supported.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The only tool shipped with <SPAN
|
||||
>The only tool shipped with <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 that
|
||||
generates SIG(0) signed messages is <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1191,21 +1183,21 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
of DNSSEC signed zones.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>In order to set up a DNSSEC secure zone, there are a series
|
||||
of steps which must be followed. <SPAN
|
||||
of steps which must be followed. <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 ships
|
||||
with several tools
|
||||
that are used in this process, which are explained in more detail
|
||||
below. In all cases, the <TT
|
||||
below. In all cases, the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-h</TT
|
||||
>-h</VAR
|
||||
> option prints a
|
||||
full list of parameters. Note that the DNSSEC tools require the
|
||||
keyset files to be in the working directory or the
|
||||
directory specified by the <TT
|
||||
directory specified by the <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-h</TT
|
||||
>-h</VAR
|
||||
> option, and
|
||||
that the tools shipped with BIND 9.2.x and earlier are not compatible
|
||||
with the current ones.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1214,9 +1206,9 @@ CLASS="option"
|
|||
the parent and/or child zone to transmit keys. A zone's security
|
||||
status must be indicated by the parent zone for a DNSSEC capable
|
||||
resolver to trust its data. This is done through the presense
|
||||
or absence of a <TT
|
||||
or absence of a <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>DS</TT
|
||||
>DS</VAR
|
||||
> record at the delegation
|
||||
point.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1256,11 +1248,9 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
>child.example</TT
|
||||
> zone:</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA1 -b 768 -n ZONE child.example.</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dnssec-keygen -a RSASHA1 -b 768 -n ZONE child.example.</KBD
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Two output files will be produced:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1323,24 +1313,24 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
>keyset</TT
|
||||
> files corresponding
|
||||
to secure subzones should be present. The zone signer will
|
||||
generate <TT
|
||||
generate <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>NSEC</TT
|
||||
> and <TT
|
||||
>NSEC</VAR
|
||||
> and <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>RRSIG</TT
|
||||
>RRSIG</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
records for the zone, as well as <TT
|
||||
records for the zone, as well as <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>DS</TT
|
||||
>DS</VAR
|
||||
> for
|
||||
the child zones if <TT
|
||||
the child zones if <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>'-d'</TT
|
||||
>'-d'</VAR
|
||||
> is specified.
|
||||
If <TT
|
||||
If <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>'-d'</TT
|
||||
>'-d'</VAR
|
||||
> is not specified then DS RRsets for
|
||||
the secure child zones need to be added manually.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1352,11 +1342,9 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
default, all zone keys which have an available private key are
|
||||
used to generate signatures.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone -o child.example zone.child.example</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dnssec-signzone -o child.example zone.child.example</KBD
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>One output file is produced:
|
||||
|
|
@ -1376,12 +1364,12 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
> will also produce a
|
||||
keyset and dsset files and optionally a dlvset file. These
|
||||
are used to provide the parent zone administators with the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>DNSKEYs</TT
|
||||
> (or their corresponding <TT
|
||||
>DNSKEYs</VAR
|
||||
> (or their corresponding <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>DS</TT
|
||||
>DS</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
records) that are the secure entry point to the zone.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -1394,13 +1382,13 @@ NAME="AEN994"
|
|||
>4.8.3. Configuring Servers</A
|
||||
></H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Unlike <SPAN
|
||||
>Unlike <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 8,
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 does not verify signatures on load,
|
||||
so zone keys for authoritative zones do not need to be specified
|
||||
in the configuration file.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1419,41 +1407,41 @@ CLASS="sect1"
|
|||
CLASS="sect1"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1001"
|
||||
>4.9. IPv6 Support in <SPAN
|
||||
>4.9. IPv6 Support in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 fully supports all currently defined forms of IPv6
|
||||
name to address and address to name lookups. It will also use
|
||||
IPv6 addresses to make queries when running on an IPv6 capable
|
||||
system.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>For forward lookups, <SPAN
|
||||
>For forward lookups, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 supports only AAAA
|
||||
records. The use of A6 records is deprecated by RFC 3363, and the
|
||||
support for forward lookups in <SPAN
|
||||
support for forward lookups in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 is
|
||||
removed accordingly.
|
||||
However, authoritative <SPAN
|
||||
However, authoritative <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 name servers still
|
||||
load zone files containing A6 records correctly, answer queries
|
||||
for A6 records, and accept zone transfer for a zone containing A6
|
||||
records.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>For IPv6 reverse lookups, <SPAN
|
||||
>For IPv6 reverse lookups, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 supports
|
||||
the traditional "nibble" format used in the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -1470,21 +1458,21 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
>ip6.int</I
|
||||
></SPAN
|
||||
> domain.
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 formerly
|
||||
supported the "binary label" (also known as "bitstring") format.
|
||||
The support of binary labels, however, is now completely removed
|
||||
according to the changes in RFC 3363.
|
||||
Any applications in <SPAN
|
||||
Any applications in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 do not understand
|
||||
the format any more, and will return an error if given.
|
||||
In particular, an authoritative <SPAN
|
||||
In particular, an authoritative <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 name
|
||||
server rejects to load a zone file containing binary labels.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -1513,9 +1501,9 @@ host 3600 IN AAAA 2001:db8::1
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>It is recommended that IPv4-in-IPv6 mapped addresses not
|
||||
be used. If a host has an IPv4 address, use an A record, not
|
||||
a AAAA, with <TT
|
||||
a AAAA, with <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>::ffff:192.168.42.1</TT
|
||||
>::ffff:192.168.42.1</VAR
|
||||
> as the
|
||||
address.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -1530,15 +1518,15 @@ NAME="AEN1025"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>When looking up an address in nibble format, the address
|
||||
components are simply reversed, just as in IPv4, and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>ip6.arpa.</TT
|
||||
>ip6.arpa.</VAR
|
||||
> is appended to the resulting name.
|
||||
For example, the following would provide reverse name lookup for
|
||||
a host with address
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="literal"
|
||||
>2001:db8::1</TT
|
||||
>2001:db8::1</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="programlisting"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1602,9 +1590,9 @@ VALIGN="top"
|
|||
WIDTH="33%"
|
||||
ALIGN="right"
|
||||
VALIGN="top"
|
||||
>The <SPAN
|
||||
>The <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Lightweight Resolver</TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
></TABLE
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>The BIND 9 Lightweight Resolver</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,11 +70,11 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch05"
|
||||
>Chapter 5. The <SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 5. The <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
> 9 Lightweight Resolver</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Lightweight Resolver</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ lookup of IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Though most of the complexity was
|
|||
then removed, these are hard or impossible
|
||||
to implement in a traditional stub resolver.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Instead, <SPAN
|
||||
>Instead, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 provides resolution services to local clients
|
||||
using a combination of a lightweight resolver library and a resolver
|
||||
daemon process running on the local host. These communicate using
|
||||
|
|
@ -253,9 +253,9 @@ VALIGN="top"
|
|||
WIDTH="33%"
|
||||
ALIGN="right"
|
||||
VALIGN="top"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Configuration Reference</TD
|
||||
></TR
|
||||
></TABLE
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>BIND 9 Security Considerations</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,11 +70,11 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch07"
|
||||
>Chapter 7. <SPAN
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 7. <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
> 9 Security Considerations</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Security Considerations</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,9 +208,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
UNIX servers)</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>On UNIX servers, it is possible to run <SPAN
|
||||
>On UNIX servers, it is possible to run <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> in a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="emphasis"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,37 +221,35 @@ CLASS="emphasis"
|
|||
(<B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>chroot()</B
|
||||
>) by specifying the "<TT
|
||||
>) by specifying the "<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-t</TT
|
||||
>-t</VAR
|
||||
>"
|
||||
option. This can help improve system security by placing <SPAN
|
||||
option. This can help improve system security by placing <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> in
|
||||
a "sandbox", which will limit the damage done if a server is compromised.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Another useful feature in the UNIX version of <SPAN
|
||||
>Another useful feature in the UNIX version of <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> is the
|
||||
ability to run the daemon as an unprivileged user ( <TT
|
||||
ability to run the daemon as an unprivileged user ( <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="option"
|
||||
>-u</TT
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
>-u</VAR
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="replaceable"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>user</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>user</VAR
|
||||
> ).
|
||||
We suggest running as an unprivileged user when using the <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>chroot</B
|
||||
> feature.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Here is an example command line to load <SPAN
|
||||
>Here is an example command line to load <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> in a <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>chroot()</B
|
||||
|
|
@ -268,11 +266,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
> to
|
||||
user 202:</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><KBD
|
||||
CLASS="userinput"
|
||||
><B
|
||||
>/usr/local/bin/named -u 202 -t /var/named</B
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>/usr/local/bin/named -u 202 -t /var/named</KBD
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="sect2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,13 +292,13 @@ CLASS="filename"
|
|||
>/var/named</TT
|
||||
>),
|
||||
you will need to set up an environment that includes everything
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> needs to run.
|
||||
From <SPAN
|
||||
From <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>'s point of view, <TT
|
||||
CLASS="filename"
|
||||
>/var/named</TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -375,9 +371,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
>chown</B
|
||||
> utility (to
|
||||
set the user id and/or group id) on files
|
||||
to which you want <SPAN
|
||||
to which you want <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
>
|
||||
to write. Note that if the <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
|
|
@ -398,9 +394,9 @@ NAME="dynamic_update_security"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>Access to the dynamic
|
||||
update facility should be strictly limited. In earlier versions of
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> the only way to do this was based on the IP
|
||||
address of the host requesting the update, by listing an IP address or
|
||||
network prefix in the <B
|
||||
|
|
@ -482,9 +478,9 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
|
|||
WIDTH="33%"
|
||||
ALIGN="left"
|
||||
VALIGN="top"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Configuration Reference</TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="34%"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>Troubleshooting</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="HOME"
|
||||
TITLE="BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual"
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.html"><LINK
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ CLASS="chapter"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="ch08"
|
||||
>Chapter 8. Troubleshooting</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>Chapter 8. Troubleshooting</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -158,35 +158,35 @@ NAME="AEN4743"
|
|||
>8.3. Where Can I Get Help?</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The Internet Software Consortium (<SPAN
|
||||
>The Internet Software Consortium (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>ISC</SPAN
|
||||
>ISC</ACRONYM
|
||||
>) offers a wide range
|
||||
of support and service agreements for <SPAN
|
||||
of support and service agreements for <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
> and <SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> and <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DHCP</SPAN
|
||||
>DHCP</ACRONYM
|
||||
> servers. Four
|
||||
levels of premium support are available and each level includes
|
||||
support for all <SPAN
|
||||
support for all <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>ISC</SPAN
|
||||
>ISC</ACRONYM
|
||||
> programs, significant discounts on products
|
||||
and training, and a recognized priority on bug fixes and
|
||||
non-funded feature requests. In addition, <SPAN
|
||||
non-funded feature requests. In addition, <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>ISC</SPAN
|
||||
>ISC</ACRONYM
|
||||
> offers a standard
|
||||
support agreement package which includes services ranging from bug
|
||||
fix announcements to remote support. It also includes training in
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
> and <SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> and <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DHCP</SPAN
|
||||
>DHCP</ACRONYM
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>To discuss arrangements for support, contact
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ HREF="mailto:info@isc.org"
|
|||
TARGET="_top"
|
||||
>info@isc.org</A
|
||||
> or visit the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>ISC</SPAN
|
||||
>ISC</ACRONYM
|
||||
> web page at <A
|
||||
HREF="http://www.isc.org/services/support/"
|
||||
TARGET="_top"
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,9 +250,9 @@ ACCESSKEY="N"
|
|||
WIDTH="33%"
|
||||
ALIGN="left"
|
||||
VALIGN="top"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Security Considerations</TD
|
||||
><TD
|
||||
WIDTH="34%"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
|
|||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"><LINK
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"><LINK
|
||||
REL="NEXT"
|
||||
TITLE="Introduction "
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html"></HEAD
|
||||
|
|
@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ NAME="AEN1"
|
|||
></H1
|
||||
><P
|
||||
CLASS="copyright"
|
||||
>Copyright © 2004 by Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")</P
|
||||
>Copyright © 2004 Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
CLASS="copyright"
|
||||
>Copyright © 2000-2003 by Internet Software Consortium</P
|
||||
>Copyright © 2000-2003 Internet Software Consortium</P
|
||||
><HR></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="TOC"
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html#AEN42"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>1.4. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html#AEN107"
|
||||
>The Domain Name System (<SPAN
|
||||
>The Domain Name System (<ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
>)</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch01.html#AEN218"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>2. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch02.html"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> Resource Requirements</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,9 +310,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#AEN994"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>4.9. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#AEN1001"
|
||||
>IPv6 Support in <SPAN
|
||||
>IPv6 Support in <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch04.html#AEN1025"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>5. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch05.html"
|
||||
>The <SPAN
|
||||
>The <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Lightweight Resolver</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch05.html#lwresd"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>6. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch06.html"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Configuration Reference</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -621,9 +621,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#AEN4496"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>6.3.6. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch06.html#AEN4554"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> Master File Extension: the <B
|
||||
CLASS="command"
|
||||
>$GENERATE</B
|
||||
|
|
@ -636,9 +636,9 @@ CLASS="command"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>7. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch07.html"
|
||||
><SPAN
|
||||
><ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
> 9 Security Considerations</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#AEN4759"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>A.1.1. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#AEN4761"
|
||||
>A Brief History of the <SPAN
|
||||
>A Brief History of the <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
> and <SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> and <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
></DL
|
||||
|
|
@ -750,9 +750,9 @@ CLASS="acronym"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>A.2. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#historical_dns_information"
|
||||
>General <SPAN
|
||||
>General <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>DNS</SPAN
|
||||
>DNS</ACRONYM
|
||||
> Reference Information</A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -784,9 +784,9 @@ HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#internet_drafts"
|
|||
><DT
|
||||
>A.3.3. <A
|
||||
HREF="Bv9ARM.ch09.html#AEN5356"
|
||||
>Other Documents About <SPAN
|
||||
>Other Documents About <ACRONYM
|
||||
CLASS="acronym"
|
||||
>BIND</SPAN
|
||||
>BIND</ACRONYM
|
||||
></A
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
></DL
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres.html,v 1.5.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:14 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres.html,v 1.5.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:34 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN12"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -98,41 +98,41 @@ NAME="AEN18"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>The lwresd library implements multiple name service APIs.
|
||||
The standard
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>gethostbyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>gethostbyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>getipnodebyname()</TT
|
||||
>getipnodebyname()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>getipnodebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>getipnodebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
functions are all supported. To allow the lwres library to coexist
|
||||
with system libraries that define functions of the same name,
|
||||
the library defines these functions with names prefixed by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="LITERAL"
|
||||
>lwres_</TT
|
||||
>lwres_</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
To define the standard names, applications must include the
|
||||
header file
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,23 +142,23 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>
|
||||
which contains macro definitions mapping the standard function names
|
||||
into
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="LITERAL"
|
||||
>lwres_</TT
|
||||
>lwres_</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
prefixed ones. Operating system vendors who integrate the lwres
|
||||
library into their base distributions should rename the functions
|
||||
in the library proper so that the renaming macros are not needed.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The library also provides a native API consisting of the functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
These may be called by applications that require more detailed
|
||||
control over the lookup process than the standard functions
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,9 +167,9 @@ provide.</P
|
|||
>In addition to these name service independent address lookup
|
||||
functions, the library implements a new, experimental API
|
||||
for looking up arbitrary DNS resource records, using the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
function.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,66 +201,58 @@ sequence of actions.</P
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_packet_t</SPAN
|
||||
>,
|
||||
called <TT
|
||||
called <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>pkt</TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
> below.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(2) Set <TT
|
||||
>(2) Set <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.recvlength</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.recvlength</CODE
|
||||
> to the maximum length we will accept.
|
||||
This is done so the receiver of our packets knows how large our receive
|
||||
buffer is. The "default" is a constant in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
CLASS="FILENAME"
|
||||
>lwres.h</TT
|
||||
>: <TT
|
||||
>: <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>LWRES_RECVLENGTH = 4096</TT
|
||||
>LWRES_RECVLENGTH = 4096</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(3) Set <TT
|
||||
>(3) Set <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.serial</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.serial</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
to a unique serial number. This value is echoed
|
||||
back to the application by the remote server.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(4) Set <TT
|
||||
>(4) Set <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.pktflags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.pktflags</CODE
|
||||
>. Usually this is set to 0.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(5) Set <TT
|
||||
>(5) Set <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.result</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.result</CODE
|
||||
> to 0.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(6) Call <TT
|
||||
>(6) Call <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_*request_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_*request_render()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
or marshall in the data using the primitives
|
||||
such as <TT
|
||||
such as <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_packet_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_packet_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and storing the packet data.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(7) Transmit the resulting buffer.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(8) Call <TT
|
||||
>(8) Call <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_*response_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_*response_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
to parse any packets received.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -283,27 +275,27 @@ following is typically involved in processing each request packet.</P
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_packet_t</SPAN
|
||||
> is used
|
||||
in both the <TT
|
||||
in both the <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>_parse()</TT
|
||||
> and <TT
|
||||
>_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> and <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>_render()</TT
|
||||
>_render()</CODE
|
||||
> calls,
|
||||
with only a few modifications made
|
||||
to the packet header's contents between uses. This method is recommended
|
||||
as it keeps the serial, opcode, and other fields correct.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(1) When a packet is received, call <TT
|
||||
>(1) When a packet is received, call <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_*request_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_*request_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> to
|
||||
unmarshall it. This returns a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_packet_t</SPAN
|
||||
> (also called <TT
|
||||
> (also called <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>pkt</TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
>, below)
|
||||
as well as a data specific type, such as <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -312,42 +304,36 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>(2) Process the request in the data specific type.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(3) Set the <TT
|
||||
>(3) Set the <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.result</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.result</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.recvlength</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.recvlength</CODE
|
||||
> as above. All other fields can
|
||||
be left untouched since they were filled in by the <TT
|
||||
be left untouched since they were filled in by the <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>*_parse()</TT
|
||||
>*_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> call
|
||||
above. If using <TT
|
||||
above. If using <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_*response_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_*response_render()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt.pktflags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt.pktflags</CODE
|
||||
> will be set up
|
||||
properly. Otherwise, the <TT
|
||||
properly. Otherwise, the <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>LWRES_LWPACKETFLAG_RESPONSE</TT
|
||||
>LWRES_LWPACKETFLAG_RESPONSE</CODE
|
||||
> bit should be
|
||||
set.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(4) Call the data specific rendering function, such as
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>(5) Send the resulting packet to the client.</P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_buffer.html,v 1.5.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:14 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_buffer.html,v 1.5.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:35 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_buffer</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_buffer</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN26"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN27"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwbuffer.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ NAME="AEN106"
|
|||
>These functions provide bounds checked access to a region of memory
|
||||
where data is being read or written.
|
||||
They are based on, and similar to, the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="LITERAL"
|
||||
>isc_buffer_</TT
|
||||
>isc_buffer_</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
functions in the ISC library.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,323 +308,267 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
|
|||
b-c == optional active region.</PRE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_init()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_init()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
initializes the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and assocates it with the memory region of size
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>length</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>length</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes starting at location
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>base.</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>base.</VAR
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_invalidate()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_invalidate()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
marks the buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
as invalid. Invalidating a buffer after use is not required,
|
||||
but makes it possible to catch its possible accidental use.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_add()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_add()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_subtract()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_subtract()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
respectively increase and decrease the used space in
|
||||
buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>n</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>n</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_add()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_add()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
checks for buffer overflow and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_subtract()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_subtract()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
checks for underflow.
|
||||
These functions do not allocate or deallocate memory.
|
||||
They just change the value of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>used</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>used</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>A buffer is re-initialised by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_clear()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_clear()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
The function sets
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>used</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>used</CODE
|
||||
> ,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>current</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>current</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>active</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>active</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
to zero.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_first</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_first</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
makes the consumed region of buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*p</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*p</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
empty by setting
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>current</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>current</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
to zero (the start of the buffer).</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_forward()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_forward()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
increases the consumed region of buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>n</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>n</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes, checking for overflow.
|
||||
Similarly,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_back()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_back()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
decreases buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>'s
|
||||
consumed region by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>n</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>n</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes and checks for underflow.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint8()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint8()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
reads an unsigned 8-bit integer from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and returns it.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint8()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint8()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
writes the unsigned 8-bit integer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>val</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>val</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint16()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint16()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint32()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getuint32()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are identical to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint8()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint8()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
except that they respectively read an unsigned 16-bit or 32-bit integer
|
||||
in network byte order from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Similarly,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint16()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint16()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint32()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putuint32()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
writes the unsigned 16-bit or 32-bit integer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>val</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>val</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
in network byte order.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Arbitrary amounts of data are read or written from a lightweight
|
||||
resolver buffer with
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_putmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
copies
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>length</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>length</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes of memory at
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>base</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>base</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Conversely,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_buffer_getmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
copies
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>length</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>length</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes of memory from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>base</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>base</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
></BODY
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_config.html,v 1.5.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:14 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_config.html,v 1.5.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:35 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_config</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_config</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_config</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN15"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN16"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ NAME="AEN40"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_init()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_init()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
creates an empty
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,16 +124,14 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_conf_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structure for lightweight resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_clear()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_clear()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
frees up all the internal memory used by
|
||||
that
|
||||
|
|
@ -142,30 +140,24 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_conf_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structure in resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
opens the file
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and parses it to initialise the resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>'s
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -173,9 +165,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
structure.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_print()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_print()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
prints the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,22 +175,18 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_conf_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structure for resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>FILE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>fp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>fp</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,9 +197,9 @@ NAME="AEN61"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,11 +207,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_SUCCESS</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if it successfully read and parsed
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
It returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,18 +217,16 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_FAILURE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>filename</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>filename</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
could not be opened or contained incorrect
|
||||
resolver statements.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_conf_print()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_conf_print()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_context.html,v 1.7.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:14 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_context.html,v 1.7.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:35 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_context</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_context</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_context</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN17"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN18"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ NAME="AEN60"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
creates a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,11 +148,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_context_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned through
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>contextp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>contextp</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
a pointer to a
|
||||
|
|
@ -174,33 +172,25 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
><P
|
||||
>When the lightweight resolver needs to perform dynamic memory
|
||||
allocation, it will call
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>malloc_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>malloc_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to allocate memory and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>free_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>free_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
to free it. If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>malloc_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>malloc_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>free_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>free_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
are NULL, memory is allocated using
|
||||
|
|
@ -215,48 +205,36 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not permitted to have a NULL
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>malloc_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>malloc_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and a non-NULL
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>free_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>free_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
or vice versa.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>arg</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>arg</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is passed as the first parameter to the memory
|
||||
allocation functions.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>malloc_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>malloc_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>free_function</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>free_function</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are NULL,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>arg</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>arg</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
is unused and should be passed as NULL.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,16 +250,14 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
|
||||
and returned via
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*contextp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*contextp</VAR
|
||||
>. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_destroy()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_destroy()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
destroys a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -290,11 +266,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
closing its socket.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>contextp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>contextp</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a pointer to a pointer to the context that is to be destroyed.
|
||||
The pointer will be set to NULL when the context has been destroyed.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,124 +276,106 @@ The pointer will be set to NULL when the context has been destroyed.</P
|
|||
>The context holds a serial number that is used to identify resolver
|
||||
request packets and associate responses with the corresponding requests.
|
||||
This serial number is controlled using
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_initserial()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_initserial()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_nextserial()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_nextserial()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_initserial()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_initserial()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
sets the serial number for context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>serial</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>serial</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_nextserial()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_nextserial()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
increments the serial number and returns the previous value.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Memory for a lightweight resolver context is allocated and freed using
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_freemem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_freemem()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
These use whatever allocations were defined when the context was
|
||||
created with
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
allocates
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes of memory and if successful returns a pointer to the allocated
|
||||
storage.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_freemem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_freemem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
frees
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes of space starting at location
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>mem</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>mem</VAR
|
||||
>. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
performs I/O for the context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
Data are read and written from the context's socket.
|
||||
It writes data from
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>sendbase</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>sendbase</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
— typically a lightweight resolver query packet —
|
||||
and waits for a reply which is copied to the receive buffer at
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>recvbase</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>recvbase</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
The number of bytes that were written to this receive buffer is
|
||||
returned in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*recvd_len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*recvd_len</VAR
|
||||
>. </P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -430,9 +386,9 @@ NAME="AEN115"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_create()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -452,9 +408,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
otherwise.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Successful calls to the memory allocator
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_allocmem()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
return a pointer to the start of the allocated space.
|
||||
It returns NULL if memory could not be allocated.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -464,9 +420,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_SUCCESS</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned when
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
completes successfully.
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -479,9 +435,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_TIMEOUT</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_context_sendrecv()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
times out waiting for a response.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gabn.html,v 1.7.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:14 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gabn.html,v 1.7.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:35 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_gabn</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_gabn</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_gabn</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN16"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN17"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,52 +178,42 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
} lwres_gabnresponse_t;</PRE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
uses resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to convert getaddrbyname request structure
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>req</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>req</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to canonical format.
|
||||
The packet header structure
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is initialised and transferred to
|
||||
buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
The contents of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*req</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*req</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are then appended to the buffer in canonical format.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
performs the same task, except it converts a getaddrbyname response structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -232,23 +222,19 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
to the lightweight resolver's canonical format.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
uses context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to convert the contents of packet
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -257,11 +243,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
Buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
provides space to be used for storing this structure.
|
||||
When the function succeeds, the resulting
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,21 +254,19 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gabnrequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is made available through
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*structp</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
offers the same semantics as
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
except it yields a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,21 +275,19 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
structure.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_free()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_free()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
release the memory in resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
that was allocated to the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -320,11 +300,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gabnrequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures referenced via
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>structp</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
Any memory associated with ancillary buffers and strings for those
|
||||
|
|
@ -339,22 +317,22 @@ NAME="AEN93"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The getaddrbyname opcode functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
all return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,11 +351,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_UNEXPECTEDEND</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned if the available space in the buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is too small to accommodate the packet header or the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -390,14 +366,14 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gabnresponse_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnrequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gabnresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
will return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -411,11 +387,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_FAILURE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pktflags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pktflags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
in the packet header structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gai_strerror.html,v 1.6.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:15 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gai_strerror.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:36 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_gai_strerror</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_gai_strerror</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_gai_strerror</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN12"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ NAME="AEN18"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gai_strerror()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gai_strerror()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns an error message corresponding to an error code returned by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
The following error codes and their meaning are defined in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>invalid value for
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
> not supported</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>servname not supported for <TT
|
||||
>servname not supported for <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -199,9 +199,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
> not supported</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,26 +220,24 @@ The message <SPAN
|
|||
CLASS="ERRORNAME"
|
||||
>invalid error code</SPAN
|
||||
> is returned if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ecode</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ecode</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is out of range.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are elements of the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -247,9 +245,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>struct addrinfo</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
used by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getaddrinfo.html,v 1.10.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:15 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getaddrinfo.html,v 1.10.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:36 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN12"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN13"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,43 +111,35 @@ NAME="AEN29"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is used to get a list of IP addresses and port numbers for host
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and service
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servname</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
The function is the lightweight resolver's implementation of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
as defined in RFC2133.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are pointers to null-terminated
|
||||
strings or
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,19 +148,15 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is either a host name or a numeric host address string: a dotted decimal
|
||||
IPv4 address or an IPv6 address.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is either a decimal port number or a service name as listed in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,11 +164,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
>/etc/services</TT
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hints</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hints</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is an optional pointer to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,11 +176,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
This structure can be used to provide hints concerning the type of socket
|
||||
that the caller supports or wishes to use.
|
||||
The caller can supply the following structure elements in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*hints</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*hints</VAR
|
||||
>:
|
||||
|
||||
<P
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,17 +187,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The protocol family that should be used.
|
||||
When
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is set to
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -224,9 +208,9 @@ it means the caller will accept any protocol family supported by the
|
|||
operating system.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,32 +230,32 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
— that is wanted.
|
||||
When
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is zero the caller will accept any socket type.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_protocol</TT
|
||||
>ai_protocol</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>indicates which transport protocol is wanted: IPPROTO_UDP or
|
||||
IPPROTO_TCP.
|
||||
If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_protocol</TT
|
||||
>ai_protocol</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is zero the caller will accept any protocol.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -282,15 +266,15 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>AI_CANONNAME</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
bit is set, a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
will return a null-terminated string containing the canonical name
|
||||
of the specified hostname in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_canonname</TT
|
||||
>ai_canonname</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
of the first
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,9 +316,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
for an IPv6 address.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>When
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
does not set the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -378,11 +362,9 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
if a connectionless protocol was chosen.
|
||||
The IP address portion of the socket address structure will be
|
||||
set to the loopback address if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -395,15 +377,15 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>AI_PASSIVE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is not set in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>If
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_flags</TT
|
||||
>ai_flags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is set to
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -411,11 +393,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>AI_NUMERICHOST</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
it indicates that
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
should be treated as a numeric string defining an IPv4 or IPv6 address
|
||||
and no name resolution should be attempted.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,18 +408,14 @@ and no name resolution should be attempted.</P
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct addrinfo</SPAN
|
||||
> passed
|
||||
via <TT
|
||||
via <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hints</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hints</VAR
|
||||
> must be zero.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>A <TT
|
||||
>A <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hints</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hints</VAR
|
||||
> of <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -448,25 +424,23 @@ the caller provided a <SPAN
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct addrinfo</SPAN
|
||||
> initialized to zero
|
||||
with <TT
|
||||
with <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
>set to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>PF_UNSPEC</TT
|
||||
>PF_UNSPEC</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>After a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*res</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*res</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a pointer to a linked list of one or more
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -481,9 +455,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
in this list cn be processed by following
|
||||
the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_next</TT
|
||||
>ai_next</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
pointer, until a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -492,18 +466,18 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
pointer is encountered.
|
||||
The three members
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_family</TT
|
||||
>ai_family</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_socktype</TT
|
||||
>ai_socktype</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_protocol</TT
|
||||
>ai_protocol</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
in each
|
||||
returned
|
||||
|
|
@ -525,43 +499,41 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>addrinfo</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structure in the list, the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_addr</TT
|
||||
>ai_addr</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
member points to a filled-in socket address structure of length
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ai_addrlen</TT
|
||||
>ai_addrlen</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>All of the information returned by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is dynamically allocated: the addrinfo structures, and the socket
|
||||
address structures and canonical host name strings pointed to by the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>addrinfo</TT
|
||||
>addrinfo</CODE
|
||||
>structures.
|
||||
Memory allocated for the dynamically allocated structures created by
|
||||
a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is released by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_freeaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_freeaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ai</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ai</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a pointer to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,9 +541,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>struct addrinfo</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
created by a call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -582,9 +554,9 @@ NAME="AEN142"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns zero on success or one of the error codes listed in
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -596,27 +568,23 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
if an error occurs.
|
||||
If both
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gethostent.html,v 1.9.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:15 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gethostent.html,v 1.9.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:36 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN21"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN22"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,27 +203,27 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The official (canonical) name of the host.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>A NULL-terminated array of alternate names (nicknames) for the host.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addrtype</TT
|
||||
>h_addrtype</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,18 +239,18 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_length</TT
|
||||
>h_length</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The length of the address in bytes.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,40 +266,40 @@ Host addresses are returned in network byte order.</P
|
|||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>For backward compatibility with very old software,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr</TT
|
||||
>h_addr</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is the first address in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list.</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list.</CODE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_sethostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_sethostent()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent_r()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_sethostent_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_sethostent_r()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent_r()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
provide iteration over the known host entries on systems that
|
||||
provide such functionality through facilities like
|
||||
|
|
@ -311,33 +311,29 @@ or NIS. The lightweight resolver does not currently implement
|
|||
these functions; it only provides them as stub functions that always
|
||||
return failure.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</CODE
|
||||
> look up the hostname
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
> always looks for an IPv4
|
||||
address while <TT
|
||||
address while <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</CODE
|
||||
> looks for an
|
||||
address of protocol family <TT
|
||||
address of protocol family <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
>: either
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,37 +351,31 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
> is returned if the lookups by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
> or
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</CODE
|
||||
> fail.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Reverse lookups of addresses are performed by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addr</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addr</VAR
|
||||
> is an address of length
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
> bytes and protocol family
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
> — <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>PF_INET</SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,99 +384,81 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>PF_INET6</SPAN
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
> is a thread-safe function
|
||||
for forward lookups. If an error occurs, an error code is returned in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*error</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*error</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
> is a pointer to a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
hostent</SPAN
|
||||
> which is initialised by a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
> .
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>buf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>buf</VAR
|
||||
> is a buffer of length
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
> bytes which is used to store the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>, <TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
>, <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
>, and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
> elements of the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
hostent</SPAN
|
||||
> returned in <TT
|
||||
> returned in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Successful calls to <TT
|
||||
Successful calls to <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
return <TT
|
||||
return <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
which is a pointer to the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct hostent</SPAN
|
||||
> it created.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
> is a thread-safe function
|
||||
that performs a reverse lookup of address <TT
|
||||
that performs a reverse lookup of address <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addr</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addr</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
which is <TT
|
||||
which is <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
> bytes long and is of protocol
|
||||
family <TT
|
||||
family <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
> — <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>PF_INET</SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -495,75 +467,63 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>PF_INET6</SPAN
|
||||
>. If an error occurs, the error code is returned
|
||||
in <TT
|
||||
in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*error</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*error</VAR
|
||||
>. The other function parameters are
|
||||
identical to those in <TT
|
||||
identical to those in <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
> is a pointer to a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
hostent</SPAN
|
||||
> which is initialised by a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>buf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>buf</VAR
|
||||
> is a buffer of length
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
> bytes which is used to store the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>, <TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
>, <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
>, and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
> elements of the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
hostent</SPAN
|
||||
> returned in <TT
|
||||
> returned in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
>. Successful
|
||||
calls to <TT
|
||||
calls to <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
> return
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
>, which is a pointer to the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>struct hostent()</TT
|
||||
>struct hostent()</CODE
|
||||
> it created.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -575,22 +535,22 @@ NAME="AEN191"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
return NULL to indicate an error. In this case the global variable
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -609,18 +569,18 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>HOST_NOT_FOUND</TT
|
||||
>HOST_NOT_FOUND</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The host or address was not found.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>TRY_AGAIN</TT
|
||||
>TRY_AGAIN</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -628,18 +588,18 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
Retrying the lookup may succeed.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NO_RECOVERY</TT
|
||||
>NO_RECOVERY</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>A non-recoverable error occurred.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NO_DATA</TT
|
||||
>NO_DATA</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -662,14 +622,14 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
translates these error codes to suitable error messages.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostent_r()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
always return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -677,19 +637,17 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Successful calls to <TT
|
||||
>Successful calls to <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
> return
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>resbuf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>resbuf</VAR
|
||||
>, a pointer to the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
|
|
@ -698,40 +656,36 @@ hostent</SPAN
|
|||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
> if the lookups fail or if <TT
|
||||
> if the lookups fail or if <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>buf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>buf</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
was too small to hold the list of addresses and names referenced by
|
||||
the <TT
|
||||
the <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>, <TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
>, <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
>, and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
> elements of the <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct
|
||||
hostent</SPAN
|
||||
>. If <TT
|
||||
>. If <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>buf</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>buf</VAR
|
||||
> was too small, both
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
> set the global variable
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -781,34 +735,34 @@ NAME="AEN257"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>BUGS</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname2()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_endhostent()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are not thread safe; they return pointers to static data and
|
||||
provide error codes through a global variable.
|
||||
Thread-safe versions for name and address lookup are provided by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyname_r()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gethostbyaddr_r()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
respectively.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getipnode.html,v 1.9.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:16 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getipnode.html,v 1.9.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:36 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_getipnode</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_getipnode</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_getipnode</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN13"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN14"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -131,27 +131,27 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The official (canonical) name of the host.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>A NULL-terminated array of alternate names (nicknames) for the host.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addrtype</TT
|
||||
>h_addrtype</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -167,18 +167,18 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>. </P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_length</TT
|
||||
>h_length</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The length of the address in bytes.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -194,32 +194,26 @@ Host addresses are returned in network byte order.</P
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
looks up addresses of protocol family
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
|
||||
for the hostname
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>flags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>flags</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
parameter contains ORed flag bits to
|
||||
specify the types of addresses that are searched
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,44 +225,40 @@ The flag bits are:
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_V4MAPPED</TT
|
||||
>AI_V4MAPPED</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>This is used with an
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
of AF_INET6, and causes IPv4 addresses to be returned as IPv4-mapped
|
||||
IPv6 addresses.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_ALL</TT
|
||||
>AI_ALL</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>This is used with an
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
of AF_INET6, and causes all known addresses (IPv6 and IPv4) to be returned.
|
||||
If AI_V4MAPPED is also set, the IPv4 addresses are return as mapped
|
||||
IPv6 addresses.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_ADDRCONFIG</TT
|
||||
>AI_ADDRCONFIG</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -277,21 +267,21 @@ interface of that type. This is not currently implemented
|
|||
in the BIND 9 lightweight resolver, and the flag is ignored.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_DEFAULT</TT
|
||||
>AI_DEFAULT</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>This default sets the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_V4MAPPED</TT
|
||||
>AI_V4MAPPED</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>AI_ADDRCONFIG</TT
|
||||
>AI_ADDRCONFIG</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
flag bits.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,31 +289,25 @@ flag bits.</P
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
performs a reverse lookup
|
||||
of address
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>src</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>src</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
which is
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>len</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
bytes long.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
denotes the protocol family, typically
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -336,9 +320,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>PF_INET6</SPAN
|
||||
>. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_freehostent()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_freehostent()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
releases all the memory associated with
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
|
@ -347,27 +331,25 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>struct hostent</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
pointer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>he</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>he</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
Any memory allocated for the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_name</TT
|
||||
>h_name</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_addr_list</TT
|
||||
>h_addr_list</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>h_aliases</TT
|
||||
>h_aliases</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is freed, as is the memory for the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -385,21 +367,19 @@ NAME="AEN116"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>If an error occurs,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getipnodebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
set
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*error_num</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*error_num</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to an appropriate error code and the function returns a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -418,18 +398,18 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>HOST_NOT_FOUND</TT
|
||||
>HOST_NOT_FOUND</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>No such host is known.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NO_ADDRESS</TT
|
||||
>NO_ADDRESS</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -438,9 +418,9 @@ available. Another type of request to the name server for the
|
|||
domain might return an answer.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>TRY_AGAIN</TT
|
||||
>TRY_AGAIN</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -449,9 +429,9 @@ failure of a server to respond. The request may succeed if
|
|||
retried.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NO_RECOVERY</TT
|
||||
>NO_RECOVERY</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getnameinfo.html,v 1.6.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:16 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getnameinfo.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:37 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN12"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -89,70 +89,54 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
>getnameinfo</SPAN
|
||||
>(3)</SPAN
|
||||
> function defined in RFC2133.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo()</CODE
|
||||
> returns the hostname for the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>struct sockaddr</SPAN
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>sa</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>sa</VAR
|
||||
> which is
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>salen</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>salen</VAR
|
||||
> bytes long. The hostname is of length
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostlen</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostlen</VAR
|
||||
> and is returned via
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*host.</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*host.</VAR
|
||||
> The maximum length of the hostname is
|
||||
1025 bytes: <TT
|
||||
1025 bytes: <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_MAXHOST</TT
|
||||
>NI_MAXHOST</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The name of the service associated with the port number in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>sa</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
> is returned in <TT
|
||||
>sa</VAR
|
||||
> is returned in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*serv.</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*serv.</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
It is <TT
|
||||
It is <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>servlen</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>servlen</VAR
|
||||
> bytes long. The maximum length
|
||||
of the service name is <TT
|
||||
of the service name is <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_MAXSERV</TT
|
||||
>NI_MAXSERV</CODE
|
||||
> - 32 bytes.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> The <TT
|
||||
> The <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>flags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>flags</VAR
|
||||
> argument sets the following
|
||||
bits:
|
||||
<P
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,9 +145,9 @@ bits:
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_NOFQDN</TT
|
||||
>NI_NOFQDN</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,9 +155,9 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
The local part of the fully qualified domain name is returned instead.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_NUMERICHOST</TT
|
||||
>NI_NUMERICHOST</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,9 +165,9 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
instead of a host name.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_NAMEREQD</TT
|
||||
>NI_NAMEREQD</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -193,18 +177,18 @@ If the hostname is not found and the flag is not set, the
|
|||
address is returned in numeric form.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_NUMERICSERV</TT
|
||||
>NI_NUMERICSERV</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The service name is returned as a digit string representing the port number.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NI_DGRAM</TT
|
||||
>NI_DGRAM</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -226,9 +210,9 @@ NAME="AEN70"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnameinfo()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns 0 on success or a non-zero error code if an error occurs.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getrrsetbyname.html,v 1.6.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:16 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_getrrsetbyname.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:37 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN12"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN13"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,60 +111,48 @@ NAME="AEN29"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
gets a set of resource records associated with a
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>class</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>class</VAR
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>type</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>type</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>hostname</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>hostname</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is
|
||||
a pointer a to null-terminated string. The
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>flags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>flags</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
field is currently unused and must be zero.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>After a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*res</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*res</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a pointer to an
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,84 +172,82 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
structures containing SIG resource records
|
||||
associated with those records.
|
||||
The members
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_rdclass</TT
|
||||
>rri_rdclass</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_rdtype</TT
|
||||
>rri_rdtype</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are copied from the parameters.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_ttl</TT
|
||||
>rri_ttl</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_name</TT
|
||||
>rri_name</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are properties of the obtained rrset.
|
||||
The resource records contained in
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_rdatas</TT
|
||||
>rri_rdatas</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_sigs</TT
|
||||
>rri_sigs</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
are in uncompressed DNS wire format.
|
||||
Properties of the rdataset are represented in the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rri_flags</TT
|
||||
>rri_flags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
bitfield. If the RRSET_VALIDATED bit is set, the data has been DNSSEC
|
||||
validated and the signatures verified. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>All of the information returned by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is dynamically allocated: the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rrsetinfo</TT
|
||||
>rrsetinfo</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rdatainfo</TT
|
||||
>rdatainfo</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures,
|
||||
and the canonical host name strings pointed to by the
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>rrsetinfo</TT
|
||||
>rrsetinfo</CODE
|
||||
>structure.
|
||||
|
||||
Memory allocated for the dynamically allocated structures created by
|
||||
a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is released by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_freerrset()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_freerrset()</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>rrset</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>rrset</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is a pointer to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -269,9 +255,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>struct rrset</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
created by a call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>. </P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,9 +270,9 @@ NAME="AEN62"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getrrsetbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns zero on success, and one of the following error
|
||||
codes if an error occurred:
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,54 +282,54 @@ codes if an error occurred:
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ERRSET_NONAME</TT
|
||||
>ERRSET_NONAME</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>the name does not exist</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ERRSET_NODATA</TT
|
||||
>ERRSET_NODATA</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>the name exists, but does not have data of the desired type</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ERRSET_NOMEMORY</TT
|
||||
>ERRSET_NOMEMORY</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>memory could not be allocated</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ERRSET_INVAL</TT
|
||||
>ERRSET_INVAL</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>a parameter is invalid</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>ERRSET_FAIL</TT
|
||||
>ERRSET_FAIL</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>other failure</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
></CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gnba.html,v 1.7.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_gnba.html,v 1.7.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:37 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_gnba</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_gnba</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_gnba</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN16"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN17"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,41 +171,41 @@ typedef struct {
|
|||
} lwres_gnbaresponse_t;</PRE
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
uses resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>ctx</TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to convert getnamebyaddr request structure
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>req</TT
|
||||
>req</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to canonical format.
|
||||
The packet header structure
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>pkt</TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is initialised and transferred to
|
||||
buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>b</TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
The contents of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>*req</TT
|
||||
>*req</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
are then appended to the buffer in canonical format.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
performs the same task, except it converts a getnamebyaddr response structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,19 +214,19 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
to the lightweight resolver's canonical format.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
uses context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>ctx</TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to convert the contents of packet
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>pkt</TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
Buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>b</TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
provides space to be used for storing this structure.
|
||||
When the function succeeds, the resulting
|
||||
|
|
@ -246,18 +246,18 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gnbarequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is made available through
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>*structp</TT
|
||||
>*structp</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
offers the same semantics as
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
except it yields a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -266,19 +266,19 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>
|
||||
structure.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_free()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_free()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
release the memory in resolver context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>ctx</TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
that was allocated to the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gnbarequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures referenced via
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>structp</TT
|
||||
>structp</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
Any memory associated with ancillary buffers and strings for those
|
||||
structures is also discarded.</P
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,22 +307,22 @@ NAME="AEN97"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The getnamebyaddr opcode functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
all return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_UNEXPECTEDEND</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned if the available space in the buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="VARNAME"
|
||||
>b</TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is too small to accommodate the packet header or the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -356,14 +356,14 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbarequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_gnbaresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
will return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,11 +377,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_FAILURE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="STRUCTFIELD"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pktflags</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pktflags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
in the packet header structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_hstrerror.html,v 1.6.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_hstrerror.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:38 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN12"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN13"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/netdb.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -90,37 +90,33 @@ NAME="AEN23"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_herror()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_herror()</CODE
|
||||
> prints the string
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>s</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>s</VAR
|
||||
> on <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>stderr</SPAN
|
||||
> followed by the string
|
||||
generated by <TT
|
||||
generated by <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</CODE
|
||||
> for the error code
|
||||
stored in the global variable <TT
|
||||
stored in the global variable <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>lwres_h_errno</TT
|
||||
>lwres_h_errno</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</CODE
|
||||
> returns an appropriate string
|
||||
for the error code gievn by <TT
|
||||
for the error code gievn by <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>err</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>err</VAR
|
||||
>. The values of
|
||||
the error codes and messages are as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -205,14 +201,14 @@ NAME="AEN65"
|
|||
CLASS="ERRORNAME"
|
||||
>Unknown resolver error</SPAN
|
||||
> is returned by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_hstrerror()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
when the value of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>lwres_h_errno</TT
|
||||
>lwres_h_errno</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
is not a valid error code.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_inetntop.html,v 1.6.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_inetntop.html,v 1.6.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:38 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_inetntop</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_inetntop</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_inetntop</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN11"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN12"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/net.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,37 +82,29 @@ NAME="AEN21"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_net_ntop()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_net_ntop()</CODE
|
||||
> converts an IP address of
|
||||
protocol family <TT
|
||||
protocol family <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
> — IPv4 or IPv6 —
|
||||
at location <TT
|
||||
at location <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>src</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>src</VAR
|
||||
> from network format to its
|
||||
conventional representation as a string. For IPv4 addresses, that
|
||||
string would be a dotted-decimal. An IPv6 address would be
|
||||
represented in colon notation as described in RFC1884.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The generated string is copied to <TT
|
||||
>The generated string is copied to <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>dst</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dst</VAR
|
||||
> provided
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>size</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>size</VAR
|
||||
> indicates it is long enough to store the
|
||||
ASCII representation of the address.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -124,33 +116,29 @@ NAME="AEN30"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>If successful, the function returns <TT
|
||||
>If successful, the function returns <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>dst</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>dst</VAR
|
||||
>:
|
||||
a pointer to a string containing the presentation format of the
|
||||
address. <TT
|
||||
address. <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_net_ntop()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_net_ntop()</CODE
|
||||
> returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
> and sets the global variable
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>errno</TT
|
||||
>errno</CODE
|
||||
> to <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
||||
>EAFNOSUPPORT</SPAN
|
||||
> if
|
||||
the protocol family given in <TT
|
||||
the protocol family given in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>af</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>af</VAR
|
||||
> is not
|
||||
supported.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_noop.html,v 1.8.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_noop.html,v 1.8.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:38 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_noop</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_noop</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_noop</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN16"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN17"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,43 +176,33 @@ Although the structures have different types, they are identical.
|
|||
This is because the no-op opcode simply echos whatever data was sent:
|
||||
the response is therefore identical to the request.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
> uses resolver
|
||||
context <TT
|
||||
context <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
> to convert no-op request structure
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>req</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>req</VAR
|
||||
> to canonical format. The packet header
|
||||
structure <TT
|
||||
structure <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
> is initialised and transferred to
|
||||
buffer <TT
|
||||
buffer <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>. The contents of
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*req</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*req</VAR
|
||||
> are then appended to the buffer in
|
||||
canonical format. <TT
|
||||
canonical format. <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
performs the same task, except it converts a no-op response structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -221,68 +211,58 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
> to the lightweight resolver's
|
||||
canonical format.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> uses context
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
> to convert the contents of packet
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>pkt</VAR
|
||||
> to a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structure. Buffer <TT
|
||||
structure. Buffer <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
> provides space to be used
|
||||
for storing this structure. When the function succeeds, the resulting
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
> is made available through
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*structp</VAR
|
||||
>.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> offers the same
|
||||
semantics as <TT
|
||||
semantics as <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> except it
|
||||
yields a <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_t</SPAN
|
||||
> structure.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_free()</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_free()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_free()</CODE
|
||||
> release the memory in
|
||||
resolver context <TT
|
||||
resolver context <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
> that was allocated to the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,11 +271,9 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures referenced via <TT
|
||||
structures referenced via <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>structp</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,23 +285,23 @@ NAME="AEN95"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The no-op opcode functions
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_render()</CODE
|
||||
>,
|
||||
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_render()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_render()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
all return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,11 +320,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_UNEXPECTEDEND</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned if the available space in the buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
is too small to accommodate the packet header or the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -359,14 +335,14 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>lwres_noopresponse_t</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
structures.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_nooprequest_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_noopresponse_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
will return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,9 +356,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_FAILURE</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>pktflags</TT
|
||||
>pktflags</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
in the packet header structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_packet.html,v 1.9.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_packet.html,v 1.9.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:38 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_packet</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_packet</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_packet</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN12"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN13"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwpacket.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ struct lwres_lwpacket {
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>length</TT
|
||||
>length</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,9 +136,9 @@ This field is filled in by the lwres_gabn_*() and lwres_gnba_*()
|
|||
calls.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>version</TT
|
||||
>version</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ This field is filled in by the lwres_gabn_*() and lwres_gnba_*()
|
|||
calls.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>pktflags</TT
|
||||
>pktflags</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ LWRES_LWPACKETFLAG_RESPONSE bit, which is set by the library in the
|
|||
lwres_gabn_*() and lwres_gnba_*() calls.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>serial</TT
|
||||
>serial</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ may be dropped.
|
|||
This field must be set by the application.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>opcode</TT
|
||||
>opcode</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ This field is filled in by the lwres_gabn_*() and lwres_gnba_*()
|
|||
calls.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>result</TT
|
||||
>result</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -206,9 +206,9 @@ This field is filled in by the lwres_gabn_*() and lwres_gnba_*()
|
|||
calls.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>recvlength</TT
|
||||
>recvlength</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ is too large for replies.
|
|||
This field is supplied by the application.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>authtype</TT
|
||||
>authtype</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ and types between 0x0000 and 0x0fff are reserved for library use.
|
|||
Currently these are not used and must be zero.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>authlen</TT
|
||||
>authlen</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -250,9 +250,9 @@ Since packet authentication is currently not used, this must be zero.</P
|
|||
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
|
||||
><DL
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>NOOP</TT
|
||||
>NOOP</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -260,9 +260,9 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
The lwres_noop_*() functions should be used for this type.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>GETADDRSBYNAME</TT
|
||||
>GETADDRSBYNAME</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
|||
The lwres_gabn_*() functions should be used for this type.</P
|
||||
></DD
|
||||
><DT
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>GETNAMEBYADDR</TT
|
||||
>GETNAMEBYADDR</CODE
|
||||
></DT
|
||||
><DD
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -283,50 +283,40 @@ The lwres_gnba_*() functions should be used for this type.</P
|
|||
></DIV
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_renderheader()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_renderheader()</CODE
|
||||
> transfers the
|
||||
contents of lightweight resolver packet structure
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_t</SPAN
|
||||
> <TT
|
||||
> <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*pkt</VAR
|
||||
> in network
|
||||
byte order to the lightweight resolver buffer,
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_parseheader()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_parseheader()</CODE
|
||||
> performs the
|
||||
converse operation. It transfers data in network byte order from
|
||||
buffer <TT
|
||||
buffer <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
> to resolver packet
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*pkt</VAR
|
||||
>. The contents of the buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
> should correspond to a
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,29 +332,25 @@ NAME="AEN107"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
> Successful calls to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_renderheader()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_renderheader()</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_parseheader()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_lwpacket_parseheader()</CODE
|
||||
> return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
||||
>LWRES_R_SUCCESS</SPAN
|
||||
>. If there is insufficient
|
||||
space to copy data between the buffer <TT
|
||||
space to copy data between the buffer <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*b</VAR
|
||||
> and
|
||||
lightweight resolver packet <TT
|
||||
lightweight resolver packet <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*pkt</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*pkt</VAR
|
||||
> both functions
|
||||
return <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -15,16 +15,16 @@
|
|||
- PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
|
||||
-->
|
||||
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_resutil.html,v 1.9.18.2 2004/04/07 00:58:17 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
<!-- $Id: lwres_resutil.html,v 1.9.18.3 2004/08/22 23:53:39 marka Exp $ -->
|
||||
|
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
||||
<HTML
|
||||
><HEAD
|
||||
><TITLE
|
||||
>lwres_resutil</TITLE
|
||||
><META
|
||||
NAME="GENERATOR"
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.73
|
||||
"></HEAD
|
||||
CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.7"></HEAD
|
||||
><BODY
|
||||
CLASS="REFENTRY"
|
||||
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
|
|||
><H1
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN1"
|
||||
>lwres_resutil</A
|
||||
></H1
|
||||
></A
|
||||
>lwres_resutil</H1
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
|
||||
><A
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ NAME="AEN14"
|
|||
>Synopsis</H2
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSIS"
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><A
|
||||
NAME="AEN15"
|
||||
></A
|
||||
><P
|
||||
></P
|
||||
><PRE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCSYNOPSISINFO"
|
||||
>#include <lwres/lwres.h></PRE
|
||||
|
|
@ -106,32 +106,26 @@ NAME="AEN43"
|
|||
><H2
|
||||
>DESCRIPTION</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_string_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_string_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> retrieves a DNS-encoded
|
||||
string starting the current pointer of lightweight resolver buffer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>: i.e. <TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>: i.e. <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>b->current</TT
|
||||
>b->current</CODE
|
||||
>.
|
||||
When the function returns, the address of the first byte of the
|
||||
encoded string is returned via <TT
|
||||
encoded string is returned via <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*c</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*c</VAR
|
||||
> and the
|
||||
length of that string is given by <TT
|
||||
length of that string is given by <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*len</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*len</VAR
|
||||
>. The
|
||||
buffer's current pointer is advanced to point at the character
|
||||
following the string length, the encoded string, and the trailing
|
||||
|
|
@ -140,45 +134,43 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
>NULL</SPAN
|
||||
> character.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_addr_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_addr_parse()</CODE
|
||||
> extracts an address from the
|
||||
buffer <TT
|
||||
buffer <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>b</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>b</VAR
|
||||
>. The buffer's current pointer
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>b->current</TT
|
||||
>b->current</CODE
|
||||
> is presumed to point at an encoded
|
||||
address: the address preceded by a 32-bit protocol family identifier
|
||||
and a 16-bit length field. The encoded address is copied to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>addr->address</TT
|
||||
>addr->address</CODE
|
||||
> and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>addr->length</TT
|
||||
>addr->length</CODE
|
||||
> indicates the size in bytes of
|
||||
the address that was copied. <TT
|
||||
the address that was copied. <CODE
|
||||
CLASS="CONSTANT"
|
||||
>b->current</TT
|
||||
>b->current</CODE
|
||||
> is
|
||||
advanced to point at the next byte of available data in the buffer
|
||||
following the encoded address.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
use the
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -213,27 +205,21 @@ CLASS="REFENTRYTITLE"
|
|||
functions.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>The lightweight resolver uses
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
> to perform foward lookups.
|
||||
Hostname <TT
|
||||
Hostname <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
> is looked up using the resolver
|
||||
context <TT
|
||||
context <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
> for memory allocation.
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addrtypes</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addrtypes</VAR
|
||||
> is a bitmask indicating which type of
|
||||
addresses are to be looked up. Current values for this bitmask are
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -244,29 +230,23 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>LWRES_ADDRTYPE_V6</SPAN
|
||||
> for IPv6 addresses. Results of the
|
||||
lookup are returned in <TT
|
||||
lookup are returned in <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*structp</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
> performs reverse lookups.
|
||||
Resolver context <TT
|
||||
Resolver context <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>ctx</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>ctx</VAR
|
||||
> is used for memory
|
||||
allocation. The address type is indicated by
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addrtype</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addrtype</VAR
|
||||
>: <SPAN
|
||||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>LWRES_ADDRTYPE_V4</SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -275,23 +255,17 @@ CLASS="TYPE"
|
|||
CLASS="TYPE"
|
||||
>LWRES_ADDRTYPE_V6</SPAN
|
||||
>. The address to be looked up is given
|
||||
by <TT
|
||||
by <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addr</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addr</VAR
|
||||
> and its length is
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>addrlen</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>addrlen</VAR
|
||||
> bytes. The result of the function call
|
||||
is made available through <TT
|
||||
is made available through <VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>*structp</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>*structp</VAR
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
></DIV
|
||||
><DIV
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,14 +277,14 @@ NAME="AEN84"
|
|||
>RETURN VALUES</H2
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Successful calls to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_string_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_string_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_addr_parse()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_addr_parse()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -330,9 +304,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
if the buffer has less space than expected for the components of the
|
||||
encoded string or address.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
><TT
|
||||
><CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
returns
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
@ -345,11 +319,9 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_NOTFOUND</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
if the hostname
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<VAR
|
||||
CLASS="PARAMETER"
|
||||
><I
|
||||
>name</I
|
||||
></TT
|
||||
>name</VAR
|
||||
>
|
||||
could not be found.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
|
|
@ -358,20 +330,20 @@ CLASS="ERRORCODE"
|
|||
>LWRES_R_SUCCESS</SPAN
|
||||
>
|
||||
is returned by a successful call to
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>.</P
|
||||
><P
|
||||
>Both
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getaddrsbyname()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
and
|
||||
<TT
|
||||
<CODE
|
||||
CLASS="FUNCTION"
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</TT
|
||||
>lwres_getnamebyaddr()</CODE
|
||||
>
|
||||
return
|
||||
<SPAN
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Loading…
Reference in a new issue